In the twelfth year of the reign of Ahaz over Judah, Hoshea son of Elah became king of Israel, and he reigned in Samaria nine years.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שְׁתֵּ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·têm
                
                
                     In the twelfth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·têm
         In the twelfth 
    
 
        
            עֶשְׂרֵ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶשְׂרֵ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘eś·rêh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6240 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten, -teen (in combination with other numbers) <BR> 1a) used only in combination to make the numbers 11-19 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘eś·rêh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בִּשְׁנַת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּשְׁנַת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biš·naṯ
                
                
                     year 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biš·naṯ
         year 
    
 
        
            מֶ֣לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֣לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ
                
                
                     of the reign 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ
         of the reign 
    
 
        
            לְאָחָ֖ז 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאָחָ֖ז 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’ā·ḥāz
                
                
                     of Ahaz 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        271 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ahaz = |he has grasped|<BR> 1) king of Judah, son Jotham, father of Hezekiah <BR> 2) a Benjamite, son of Micah, and great grandson of Jonathan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’ā·ḥāz
         of Ahaz 
    
 
        
            יְהוּדָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוּדָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hū·ḏāh
                
                
                     over Judah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Judah = |praised|<BR> 1) the son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Judah the son of Jacob <BR> 3) the territory occupied by the tribe of Judah <BR> 4) the kingdom comprised of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin which occupied the southern part of Canaan after the nation split upon the death of Solomon <BR> 5) a Levite in Ezra's time <BR> 6) an overseer of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 7) a Levite musician in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 8) a priest in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hū·ḏāh
         over Judah , 
    
 
        
            הוֹשֵׁ֨עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוֹשֵׁ֨עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hō·wō·šê·a‘
                
                
                     Hoshea 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hosea or Hoshea or Oshea = |salvation|<BR> 1) family name of Joshua, the son of Nun <BR> 2) the 19th and last king of the northern kingdom of Israel <BR> 3) son of Beeri, and the first of the minor prophets; prophet to the northern kingdom of Israel in the reign of Jeroboam II <BR> 4) a son of Azaziah, a chief of Ephraim in the time of David <BR> 5) an Israelite chief who sealed the covenant with Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hō·wō·šê·a‘
         Hoshea 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            אֵלָ֧ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלָ֧ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lāh
                
                
                     of Elah 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        425 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Elah = |An oak|<BR> 1) an Edomite chief <BR> 2) a king of Israel for two years, son of Baasha <BR> 3) the father of king Hoshea of Israel<BR> 4) a son of Caleb <BR> 5) son of Uzzi 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lāh
         of Elah 
    
 
        
            מָ֠לַךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָ֠לַךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·laḵ
                
                
                     became king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be or become king or queen, reign <BR> 1a) (Qal) to be or become king or queen, reign <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to make one king or queen, cause to reign <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be made king or queen <BR> 2) to counsel, advise <BR> 2a) (Niphal) to consider 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·laḵ
         became king 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         of 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         Israel , 
    
 
        
            בְשֹׁמְר֛וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְשֹׁמְר֛וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·šō·mə·rō·wn
                
                
                     [and he reigned] in Samaria 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Samaria = |watch mountain|<BR> 1) the region of northern Palestine associated with the northern kingdom of the 10 tribes of Israel which split from the kingdom after the death of Solomon during the reign of his son Rehoboam and were ruled by Jeroboam <BR> 2) the capital city of the northern kingdom of Israel located 30 miles (50 km) north of Jerusalem and 6 miles (10 km) northwest of Shechem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·šō·mə·rō·wn
         [and he reigned] in Samaria 
    
 
        
            תֵּ֥שַׁע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֵּ֥שַׁע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tê·ša‘
                
                
                     nine 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8672 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nine, nonad <BR> 1a) nine (as cardinal number) <BR> 1b) ninth (as ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tê·ša‘
         nine 
    
 
        
            שָׁנִֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁנִֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·nîm
                
                
                     years . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·nîm
         years . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And he did evil in the sight of the LORD, but not like the kings of Israel who preceded him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיַּ֥עַשׂ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֥עַשׂ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘aś
                
                
                     And he did 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘aś
         And he did 
    
 
        
            הָרַ֖ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרַ֖ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·ra‘
                
                
                     evil 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7451 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) bad, evil <BR> 1a) bad, disagreeable, malignant <BR> 1b) bad, unpleasant, evil (giving pain, unhappiness, misery) <BR> 1c) evil, displeasing <BR> 1d) bad (of its kind-land, water, etc) <BR> 1e) bad (of value) <BR> 1f) worse than, worst (comparison) <BR> 1g) sad, unhappy <BR> 1h) evil (hurtful) <BR> 1i) bad, unkind (vicious in disposition) <BR> 1j) bad, evil, wicked (ethically) <BR> 1j1) in general, of persons, of thoughts <BR> 1j2) deeds, actions <BR> n m <BR> 2) evil, distress, misery, injury, calamity <BR> 2a) evil, distress, adversity <BR> 2b) evil, injury, wrong <BR> 2c) evil (ethical) <BR> n f <BR> 3) evil, misery, distress, injury <BR> 3a) evil, misery, distress <BR> 3b) evil, injury, wrong <BR> 3c) evil (ethical) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·ra‘
         evil 
    
 
        
            בְּעֵינֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעֵינֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ê·nê
                
                
                     in the sight 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - cdc 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5869 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye <BR> 1a) eye <BR> 1a1) of physical eye <BR> 1a2) as showing mental qualities <BR> 1a3) of mental and spiritual faculties (fig.) <BR> 2) spring, fountain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ê·nê
         in the sight 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD , 
    
 
        
            רַ֗ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַ֗ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raq
                
                
                     but 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7535 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) only, altogether, surely <BR> 1a) only <BR> 1b) only, nought but, altogether (in limitation) <BR> 1c) save, except (after a negative) <BR> 1d) only, altogether, surely (with an affirmative) <BR> 1e) if only, provided only (prefixed for emphasis) <BR> 1f) only, exclusively (for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raq
         but 
    
 
        
            לֹ֚א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֚א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         not 
    
 
        
            כְּמַלְכֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּמַלְכֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·mal·ḵê
                
                
                     like the kings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·mal·ḵê
         like the kings 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         who 
    
 
        
            הָי֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָי֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·yū
                
                
                     preceded 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·yū
         preceded 
    
 
        
            לְפָנָֽיו׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְפָנָֽיו׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·p̄ā·nāw
                
                
                     him . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·p̄ā·nāw
         him . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Shalmaneser king of Assyria attacked him, and Hoshea became his vassal and paid him tribute.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שַׁלְמַנְאֶ֖סֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁלְמַנְאֶ֖סֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šal·man·’e·ser
                
                
                     Shalmaneser 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shalmaneser = |fire-worshipper|<BR> 1) Assyrian king who probably reigned between Tiglath-pileser and Sargon; invaded the northern kingdom of Israel when the last king Hoshea was on the throne; forced Hoshea to pay tribute but had to reinvade when Hoshea reneged; it is uncertain whether Shalmaneser or Sargon concluded the siege which finally ended the northern kingdom <BR> 1a) maybe a common name for Assyrian kings in the 8th century BC 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šal·man·’e·ser
         Shalmaneser 
    
 
        
            מֶ֣לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֣לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ
         king 
    
 
        
            אַשּׁ֑וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַשּׁ֑וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aš·šūr
                
                
                     of Assyria 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Asshur or Assyria = |a step| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the second son of Shem, eponymous ancestor of the Assyrians <BR> 2) the people of Assyria <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the nation, Assyria <BR> 4) the land, Assyria or Asshur 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aš·šūr
         of Assyria 
    
 
        
            עָלָ֣יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלָ֣יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lāw
                
                
                     attacked 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lāw
         attacked 
    
 
        
            עָלָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lāh
                
                
                     him , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lāh
         him , 
    
 
        
            הוֹשֵׁ֙עַ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוֹשֵׁ֙עַ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hō·wō·šê·a‘
                
                
                     and Hoshea 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hosea or Hoshea or Oshea = |salvation|<BR> 1) family name of Joshua, the son of Nun <BR> 2) the 19th and last king of the northern kingdom of Israel <BR> 3) son of Beeri, and the first of the minor prophets; prophet to the northern kingdom of Israel in the reign of Jeroboam II <BR> 4) a son of Azaziah, a chief of Ephraim in the time of David <BR> 5) an Israelite chief who sealed the covenant with Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hō·wō·šê·a‘
         and Hoshea 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî-
                
                
                     became 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî-
         became 
    
 
        
            ל֤וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ל֤וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     his 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         his 
    
 
        
            עֶ֔בֶד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֶ֔בֶד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘e·ḇeḏ
                
                
                     vassal 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) slave, servant <BR> 1a) slave, servant, man-servant <BR> 1b) subjects <BR> 1c) servants, worshippers (of God) <BR> 1d) servant (in special sense as prophets, Levites etc) <BR> 1e) servant (of Israel) <BR> 1f) servant (as form of address between equals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘e·ḇeḏ
         vassal 
    
 
        
            וַיָּ֥שֶׁב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּ֥שֶׁב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·šeḇ
                
                
                     and paid 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, turn back <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn back, return <BR> 1a1a) to turn back <BR> 1a1b) to return, come or go back <BR> 1a1c) to return unto, go back, come back <BR> 1a1d) of dying <BR> 1a1e) of human relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f) of spiritual relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f1) to turn back (from God), apostatise <BR> 1a1f2) to turn away (of God) <BR> 1a1f3) to turn back (to God), repent <BR> 1a1f4) turn back (from evil) <BR> 1a1g) of inanimate things <BR> 1a1h) in repetition <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to bring back <BR> 1b2) to restore, refresh, repair (fig) <BR> 1b3) to lead away (enticingly) <BR> 1b4) to show turning, apostatise <BR> 1c) (Pual) restored (participle) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to return, bring back <BR> 1d1) to bring back, allow to return, put back, draw back, give back, restore, relinquish, give in payment <BR> 1d2) to bring back, refresh, restore <BR> 1d3) to bring back, report to, answer <BR> 1d4) to bring back, make requital, pay (as recompense) <BR> 1d5) to turn back or backward, repel, defeat, repulse, hinder, reject, refuse <BR> 1d6) to turn away (face), turn toward <BR> 1d7) to turn against <BR> 1d8) to bring back to mind <BR> 1d9) to show a turning away 1d10) to reverse, revoke <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be returned, be restored, be brought back <BR> 1f) (Pulal) brought back 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·šeḇ
         and paid 
    
 
        
            ל֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ל֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     him 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         him 
    
 
        
            מִנְחָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנְחָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·ḥāh
                
                
                     tribute . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4503 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gift, tribute, offering, present, oblation, sacrifice, meat offering <BR> 1a) gift, present <BR> 1b) tribute <BR> 1c) offering (to God) <BR> 1d) grain offering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·ḥāh
         tribute . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But the king of Assyria discovered that Hoshea had conspired to send envoys to King So of Egypt, and that he had not paid tribute to the king of Assyria as in previous years. Therefore the king of Assyria arrested Hoshea and put him in prison.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ-
                
                
                     But the king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ-
         But the king 
    
 
        
            אַשּׁ֨וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַשּׁ֨וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aš·šūr
                
                
                     of Assyria 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Asshur or Assyria = |a step| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the second son of Shem, eponymous ancestor of the Assyrians <BR> 2) the people of Assyria <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the nation, Assyria <BR> 4) the land, Assyria or Asshur 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aš·šūr
         of Assyria 
    
 
        
            וַיִּמְצָא֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּמְצָא֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yim·ṣā
                
                
                     discovered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4672 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to find, attain to <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to find <BR> 1a1a) to find, secure, acquire, get (thing sought) <BR> 1a1b) to find (what is lost) <BR> 1a1c) to meet, encounter <BR> 1a1d) to find (a condition) <BR> 1a1e) to learn, devise <BR> 1a2) to find out <BR> 1a2a) to find out <BR> 1a2b) to detect <BR> 1a2c) to guess <BR> 1a3) to come upon, light upon <BR> 1a3a) to happen upon, meet, fall in with <BR> 1a3b) to hit <BR> 1a3c) to befall <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be found <BR> 1b1a) to be encountered, be lighted upon, be discovered <BR> 1b1b) to appear, be recognised <BR> 1b1c) to be discovered, be detected <BR> 1b1d) to be gained, be secured <BR> 1b2) to be, be found <BR> 1b2a) to be found in <BR> 1b2b) to be in the possession of <BR> 1b2c) to be found in (a place), happen to be <BR> 1b2d) to be left (after war) <BR> 1b2e) to be present <BR> 1b2f) to prove to be <BR> 1b2g) to be found sufficient, be enough <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to find, attain <BR> 1c2) to cause to light upon, come upon, come <BR> 1c3) to cause to encounter <BR> 1c4) to present (offering) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yim·ṣā
         discovered 
    
 
        
            בְּהוֹשֵׁ֜עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּהוֹשֵׁ֜עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·hō·wō·šê·a‘
                
                
                     that Hoshea 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hosea or Hoshea or Oshea = |salvation|<BR> 1) family name of Joshua, the son of Nun <BR> 2) the 19th and last king of the northern kingdom of Israel <BR> 3) son of Beeri, and the first of the minor prophets; prophet to the northern kingdom of Israel in the reign of Jeroboam II <BR> 4) a son of Azaziah, a chief of Ephraim in the time of David <BR> 5) an Israelite chief who sealed the covenant with Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·hō·wō·šê·a‘
         that Hoshea 
    
 
        
            קֶ֗שֶׁר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֶ֗שֶׁר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qe·šer
                
                
                     had conspired 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7195 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) conspiracy, treason, (unlawful) alliance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qe·šer
         had conspired 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            שָׁלַ֤ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלַ֤ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·laḥ
                
                
                     to send 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send, send away, let go, stretch out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to send <BR> 1a2) to stretch out, extend, direct <BR> 1a3) to send away <BR> 1a4) to let loose <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be sent <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to send off or away or out or forth, dismiss, give over, cast out <BR> 1c2) to let go, set free <BR> 1c3) to shoot forth (of branches) <BR> 1c4) to let down <BR> 1c5) to shoot <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be sent off, be put away, be divorced, be impelled <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to send 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·laḥ
         to send 
    
 
        
            מַלְאָכִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְאָכִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·’ā·ḵîm
                
                
                     envoys 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4397 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) messenger, representative <BR> 1a) messenger <BR> 1b) angel <BR> 1c) the theophanic angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·’ā·ḵîm
         envoys 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ-
                
                
                     King 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ-
         King 
    
 
        
            ס֣וֹא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ס֣וֹא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sō·w
                
                
                     So 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        So = |concealed|<BR> 1) a king of Egypt (perhaps only the vizier of the king) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sō·w
         So 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt , 
    
 
        
            וְלֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō-
                
                
                     and that he had not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō-
         and that he had not 
    
 
        
            הֶעֱלָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶעֱלָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·‘ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     paid 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·‘ĕ·lāh
         paid 
    
 
        
            מִנְחָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנְחָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·ḥāh
                
                
                     tribute 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4503 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gift, tribute, offering, present, oblation, sacrifice, meat offering <BR> 1a) gift, present <BR> 1b) tribute <BR> 1c) offering (to God) <BR> 1d) grain offering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·ḥāh
         tribute 
    
 
        
            לְמֶ֥לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמֶ֥לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·me·leḵ
                
                
                     to the king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·me·leḵ
         to the king 
    
 
        
            אַשּׁ֖וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַשּׁ֖וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aš·šūr
                
                
                     of Assyria 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Asshur or Assyria = |a step| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the second son of Shem, eponymous ancestor of the Assyrians <BR> 2) the people of Assyria <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the nation, Assyria <BR> 4) the land, Assyria or Asshur 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aš·šūr
         of Assyria 
    
 
        
            כְּשָׁנָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּשָׁנָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·šā·nāh
                
                
                     as in previous years 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·šā·nāh
         as in previous years 
    
 
        
            בְשָׁנָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְשָׁנָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·šā·nāh
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·šā·nāh
         . . . . 
    
 
        
            מֶ֣לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֣לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ
                
                
                     Therefore the king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ
         Therefore the king 
    
 
        
            אַשּׁ֔וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַשּׁ֔וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aš·šūr
                
                
                     of Assyria 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Asshur or Assyria = |a step| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the second son of Shem, eponymous ancestor of the Assyrians <BR> 2) the people of Assyria <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the nation, Assyria <BR> 4) the land, Assyria or Asshur 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aš·šūr
         of Assyria 
    
 
        
            וַֽיַּעַצְרֵ֙הוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיַּעַצְרֵ֙הוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘aṣ·rê·hū
                
                
                     arrested [Hoshea] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6113 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to restrain, retain, close up, shut, withhold, refrain, stay, detain <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to restrain, halt, stop <BR> 1a2) to retain <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be restrained, be stayed, be under restraint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘aṣ·rê·hū
         arrested [Hoshea] 
    
 
        
            וַיַּאַסְרֵ֖הוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּאַסְרֵ֖הוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·’as·rê·hū
                
                
                     and put him 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        631 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to tie, bind, imprison <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to tie, bind <BR> 1a2) to tie, harness <BR> 1a3) to bind (with cords) <BR> 1a4) to gird (rare and late) <BR> 1a5) to begin the battle, make the attack <BR> 1a6) of obligation of oath (figurative) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be imprisoned, bound <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be taken prisoner 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·’as·rê·hū
         and put him 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֥ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֥ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כֶּֽלֶא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֶּֽלֶא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ke·le
                
                
                     in prison . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3608 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) imprisonment, confinement, restraint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ke·le
         in prison . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the king of Assyria invaded the whole land, marched up to Samaria, and besieged it for three years.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ-
                
                
                     Then the king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ-
         Then the king 
    
 
        
            אַשּׁ֖וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַשּׁ֖וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aš·šūr
                
                
                     of Assyria 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Asshur or Assyria = |a step| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the second son of Shem, eponymous ancestor of the Assyrians <BR> 2) the people of Assyria <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the nation, Assyria <BR> 4) the land, Assyria or Asshur 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aš·šūr
         of Assyria 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֥עַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֥עַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘al
                
                
                     invaded 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘al
         invaded 
    
 
        
            בְּכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵāl
                
                
                     the whole 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵāl
         the whole 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֑רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֑רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     land , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         land , 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֙עַל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֙עַל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘al
                
                
                     marched up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘al
         marched up 
    
 
        
            שֹׁמְר֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֹׁמְר֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šō·mə·rō·wn
                
                
                     to Samaria , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Samaria = |watch mountain|<BR> 1) the region of northern Palestine associated with the northern kingdom of the 10 tribes of Israel which split from the kingdom after the death of Solomon during the reign of his son Rehoboam and were ruled by Jeroboam <BR> 2) the capital city of the northern kingdom of Israel located 30 miles (50 km) north of Jerusalem and 6 miles (10 km) northwest of Shechem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šō·mə·rō·wn
         to Samaria , 
    
 
        
            וַיָּ֥צַר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּ֥צַר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·ṣar
                
                
                     and besieged 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bind, besiege, confine, cramp <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to confine, secure <BR> 1a2) to shut in, beseige <BR> 1a3) to shut up, enclose <BR> 2) (Qal) to show hostility to, be an adversary, treat as foe <BR> 3) (Qal) to form, fashion, delineate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·ṣar
         and besieged 
    
 
        
            עָלֶ֖יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלֶ֖יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·le·hā
                
                
                     it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·le·hā
         it 
    
 
        
            שָׁלֹ֥שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלֹ֥שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·lōš
                
                
                     for three 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three, triad <BR> 1a) 3, 300, third 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·lōš
         for three 
    
 
        
            שָׁנִֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁנִֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·nîm
                
                
                     years . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·nîm
         years . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            In the ninth year of Hoshea, the king of Assyria captured Samaria and carried away the Israelites to Assyria, where he settled them in Halah, in Gozan by the Habor River, and in the cities of the Medes.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַתְּשִׁיעִ֜ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַתְּשִׁיעִ֜ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hat·tə·šî·‘îṯ
                
                
                     In the ninth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - ordinal feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8671 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ninth (as ordinal number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hat·tə·šî·‘îṯ
         In the ninth 
    
 
        
            בִּשְׁנַ֨ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּשְׁנַ֨ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biš·naṯ
                
                
                     year 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biš·naṯ
         year 
    
 
        
            לְהוֹשֵׁ֗עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהוֹשֵׁ֗עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hō·wō·šê·a‘
                
                
                     of Hoshea , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hosea or Hoshea or Oshea = |salvation|<BR> 1) family name of Joshua, the son of Nun <BR> 2) the 19th and last king of the northern kingdom of Israel <BR> 3) son of Beeri, and the first of the minor prophets; prophet to the northern kingdom of Israel in the reign of Jeroboam II <BR> 4) a son of Azaziah, a chief of Ephraim in the time of David <BR> 5) an Israelite chief who sealed the covenant with Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hō·wō·šê·a‘
         of Hoshea , 
    
 
        
            מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ-
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ-
         the king 
    
 
        
            אַשּׁוּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַשּׁוּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aš·šūr
                
                
                     of Assyria 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Asshur or Assyria = |a step| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the second son of Shem, eponymous ancestor of the Assyrians <BR> 2) the people of Assyria <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the nation, Assyria <BR> 4) the land, Assyria or Asshur 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aš·šūr
         of Assyria 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            לָכַ֤ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכַ֤ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵaḏ
                
                
                     captured 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3920 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to capture, take, seize <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to capture, seize <BR> 1a2) to capture (of men) (fig.)<BR> 1a3) to take (by lot) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be caught (of men in trap, snare) (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to grasp each other 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵaḏ
         captured 
    
 
        
            שֹׁ֣מְר֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֹׁ֣מְר֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šō·mə·rō·wn
                
                
                     Samaria 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Samaria = |watch mountain|<BR> 1) the region of northern Palestine associated with the northern kingdom of the 10 tribes of Israel which split from the kingdom after the death of Solomon during the reign of his son Rehoboam and were ruled by Jeroboam <BR> 2) the capital city of the northern kingdom of Israel located 30 miles (50 km) north of Jerusalem and 6 miles (10 km) northwest of Shechem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šō·mə·rō·wn
         Samaria 
    
 
        
            וַיֶּ֥גֶל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֶּ֥גֶל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ye·ḡel
                
                
                     and carried away 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to uncover, remove <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to uncover <BR> 1a2) to remove, depart <BR> 1a3) to go into exile <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) (reflexive) <BR> 1b1a) to uncover oneself <BR> 1b1b) to discover or show oneself <BR> 1b1c) to reveal himself (of God) <BR> 1b2) (passive) <BR> 1b2a) to be uncovered <BR> 1b2b) to be disclosed, be discovered <BR> 1b2c) to be revealed <BR> 1b3) to be removed <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to uncover (nakedness) <BR> 1c1a) nakedness <BR> 1c1b) general <BR> 1c2) to disclose, discover, lay bare <BR> 1c3) to make known, show, reveal <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be uncovered <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to carry away into exile, take into exile <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be taken into exile <BR> 1g) (Hithpael) <BR> 1g1) to be uncovered <BR> 1g2) to reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ye·ḡel
         and carried away 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            אַשּׁ֑וּרָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַשּׁ֑וּרָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aš·šū·rāh
                
                
                     to Assyria , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Asshur or Assyria = |a step| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the second son of Shem, eponymous ancestor of the Assyrians <BR> 2) the people of Assyria <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the nation, Assyria <BR> 4) the land, Assyria or Asshur 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aš·šū·rāh
         to Assyria , 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֨שֶׁב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֨שֶׁב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·šeḇ
                
                
                     where he settled 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·šeḇ
         where he settled 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            בַּחְלַ֧ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּחְלַ֧ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    baḥ·laḥ
                
                
                     in Halah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2477 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Halah = |painful|<BR> 1) a city or district in Mesopotamia under Assyrian control where the Israelite captives were taken 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        baḥ·laḥ
         in Halah , 
    
 
        
            גּוֹזָ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גּוֹזָ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gō·w·zān
                
                
                     in Gozan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1470 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gozan = |a cutting off|<BR> 1) the Mesopotamian city on or near the middle of the Euphrates where exiled Israelites were settled 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gō·w·zān
         in Gozan 
    
 
        
            וּבְחָב֛וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְחָב֛וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·ḥā·ḇō·wr
                
                
                     by the Habor 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2249 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Habor = |joining|<BR> 1) a tributary of the Euphrates River in Assyria 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·ḥā·ḇō·wr
         by the Habor 
    
 
        
            נְהַ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְהַ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·har
                
                
                     River , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5104 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stream, river <BR> 1a) stream, river <BR> 1b) (underground) streams 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·har
         River , 
    
 
        
            וְעָרֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָרֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·rê
                
                
                     and in the cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·rê
         and in the cities 
    
 
        
            מָדָֽי׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָדָֽי׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·ḏāy
                
                
                     of the Medes . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4074 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Media or Medes or Madai = |middle land| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a people descended from the son of Japheth and who inhabited the territory of Media <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) land inhabited by the descendants of Japheth; located northwest of Persia proper, south and southwest of the Caspian Sea, east of Armenia and Assyria, and west and northwest of the great salt desert of Iram 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·ḏāy
         of the Medes . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            All this happened because the people of Israel had sinned against the LORD their God, who had brought them out of the land of Egypt from under the hand of Pharaoh king of Egypt. They had worshiped other gods
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיְהִ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     All this happened 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         All this happened 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         because 
    
 
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     the people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         the people 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel 
    
 
        
            חָטְא֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָטְא֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·ṭə·’ū
                
                
                     had sinned 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2398 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sin, miss, miss the way, go wrong, incur guilt, forfeit, purify from uncleanness <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to miss <BR> 1a2) to sin, miss the goal or path of right and duty <BR> 1a3) to incur guilt, incur penalty by sin, forfeit <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to bear loss <BR> 1b2) to make a sin-offering <BR> 1b3) to purify from sin <BR> 1b4) to purify from uncleanness <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to miss the mark <BR> 1c2) to induce to sin, cause to sin <BR> 1c3) to bring into guilt or condemnation or punishment <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to miss oneself, lose oneself, wander from the way <BR> 1d2) to purify oneself from uncleanness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·ṭə·’ū
         had sinned 
    
 
        
            לַיהוָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַיהוָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     against the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         against the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
                
                
                     their God , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
         their God , 
    
 
        
            הַמַּעֲלֶ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמַּעֲלֶ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·‘ă·leh
                
                
                     who had brought 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·‘ă·leh
         who had brought 
    
 
        
            אֹתָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            מֵאֶ֣רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֶ֣רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’e·reṣ
                
                
                     out of the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’e·reṣ
         out of the land 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt 
    
 
        
            מִתַּ֕חַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִתַּ֕חַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mit·ta·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     from under 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the under part, beneath, instead of, as, for, for the sake of, flat, unto, where, whereas n m <BR> 1a) the under part adv accus <BR> 1b) beneath prep <BR> 1c) under, beneath <BR> 1c1) at the foot of (idiom) <BR> 1c2) sweetness, subjection, woman, being burdened or oppressed (fig) <BR> 1c3) of subjection or conquest <BR> 1d) what is under one, the place in which one stands <BR> 1d1) in one's place, the place in which one stands (idiom with reflexive pronoun) <BR> 1d2) in place of, instead of (in transferred sense) <BR> 1d3) in place of, in exchange or return for (of things mutually interchanged) <BR> conj <BR> 1e) instead of, instead of that <BR> 1f) in return for that, because that in compounds <BR> 1g) in, under, into the place of (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) from under, from beneath, from under the hand of, from his place, under, beneath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mit·ta·ḥaṯ
         from under 
    
 
        
            יַ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaḏ
                
                
                     the hand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaḏ
         the hand 
    
 
        
            פַּרְעֹ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּרְעֹ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    par·‘ōh
                
                
                     of Pharaoh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6547 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pharaoh = |great house|<BR> 1) the common title of the king of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        par·‘ōh
         of Pharaoh 
    
 
        
            מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ-
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ-
         king 
    
 
        
            מִצְרָ֑יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרָ֑יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·rā·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·rā·yim
         of Egypt . 
    
 
        
            וַיִּֽירְא֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּֽירְא֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yî·rə·’ū
                
                
                     They had worshiped 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3372 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear, revere, be afraid <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fear, be afraid <BR> 1a2) to stand in awe of, be awed <BR> 1a3) to fear, reverence, honour, respect <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be fearful, be dreadful, be feared <BR> 1b2) to cause astonishment and awe, be held in awe <BR> 1b3) to inspire reverence or godly fear or awe <BR> 1c) (Piel) to make afraid, terrify <BR> 2) (TWOT) to shoot, pour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yî·rə·’ū
         They had worshiped 
    
 
        
            אֲחֵרִֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲחֵרִֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḥê·rîm
                
                
                     other 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        312 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) another, other, following <BR> 1a) following, further <BR> 1b) other, different 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḥê·rîm
         other 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     gods 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         gods 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and walked in the customs of the nations that the LORD had driven out before the Israelites, as well as in the practices introduced by the kings of Israel.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיֵּֽלְכוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּֽלְכוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·lə·ḵū
                
                
                     and walked 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·lə·ḵū
         and walked 
    
 
        
            בְּחֻקּ֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּחֻקּ֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḥuq·qō·wṯ
                
                
                     in the customs 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2708 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) statute, ordinance, limit, enactment, something prescribed <BR> 1a) statute 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḥuq·qō·wṯ
         in the customs 
    
 
        
            הַגּוֹיִ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹיִ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     of the nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·yim
         of the nations 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            הוֹרִ֣ישׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוֹרִ֣ישׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hō·w·rîš
                
                
                     had driven out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to seize, dispossess, take possession off, inherit, disinherit, occupy, impoverish, be an heir <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take possession of <BR> 1a2) to inherit <BR> 1a3) to impoverish, come to poverty, be poor <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be dispossessed, be impoverished, come to poverty <BR> 1c) (Piel) to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to possess or inherit <BR> 1d2) to cause others to possess or inherit <BR> 1d3) to impoverish <BR> 1d4) to dispossess <BR> 1d5) to destroy, bring to ruin, disinherit 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hō·w·rîš
         had driven out 
    
 
        
            מִפְּנֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִפְּנֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mip·pə·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mip·pə·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     as well as in the practices 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         as well as in the practices 
    
 
        
            עָשֽׂוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשֽׂוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śū
                
                
                     introduced 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śū
         introduced 
    
 
        
            וּמַלְכֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַלְכֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mal·ḵê
                
                
                     by the kings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mal·ḵê
         by the kings 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The Israelites secretly did things against the LORD their God that were not right. From watchtower to fortified city, they built high places in all their cities.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עָ֣רֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָ֣רֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rê·hem
                
                
                     their cities . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rê·hem
         their cities . 
    
 
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     The Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         The Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דְּבָרִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּבָרִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·ḇā·rîm
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·ḇā·rîm
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיְחַפְּא֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְחַפְּא֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ḥap·pə·’ū
                
                
                     secretly did 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2644 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Piel) to cover, do secretly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ḥap·pə·’ū
         secretly did 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     things against 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         things against 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵיהֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵיהֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
                
                
                     their God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
         their God 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that [were] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that [were] 
    
 
        
            לֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō-
                
                
                     not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō-
         not 
    
 
        
            כֵ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵên
                
                
                     right . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵên
         right . 
    
 
        
            מִמִּגְדַּ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמִּגְדַּ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·miḡ·dal
                
                
                     From watchtower 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4026 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tower <BR> 1a) tower<BR> 1b) elevated stage, pulpit <BR> 1c) raised bed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·miḡ·dal
         From watchtower 
    
 
        
            נוֹצְרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נוֹצְרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nō·wṣ·rîm
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5341 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to guard, watch, watch over, keep <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to watch, guard, keep <BR> 1a2) to preserve, guard from dangers <BR> 1a3) to keep, observe, guard with fidelity <BR> 1a4) to guard, keep secret <BR> 1a5) to be kept close, be blockaded <BR> 1a6) watchman (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nō·wṣ·rîm
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         to 
    
 
        
            מִבְצָֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִבְצָֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḇ·ṣār
                
                
                     fortified 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4013 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fortification, fortress, fortified city, stronghold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḇ·ṣār
         fortified 
    
 
        
            עִ֥יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִ֥יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘îr
                
                
                     city , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘îr
         city , 
    
 
        
            וַיִּבְנ֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּבְנ֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiḇ·nū
                
                
                     they built 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1129 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to build, rebuild, establish, cause to continue <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to build, rebuild <BR> 1a2) to build a house (ie, establish a family) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be built <BR> 1b2) to be rebuilt <BR> 1b3) established (of restored exiles) (fig.) <BR> 1b4) established (made permanent) <BR> 1b5) to be built up (of childless wife becoming the mother of a family through the children of a concubine) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiḇ·nū
         they built 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         
    
 
        
            בָּמוֹת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּמוֹת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     high places 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) high place, ridge, height, bamah (technical name for cultic platform) <BR> 1a) high place, mountain <BR> 1b) high places, battlefields <BR> 1c) high places (as places of worship) <BR> 1d) funeral mound? 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·mō·wṯ
         high places 
    
 
        
            בְּכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵāl
                
                
                     in all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵāl
         in all 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They set up for themselves sacred pillars and Asherah poles on every high hill and under every green tree.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיַּצִּ֧בוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּצִּ֧בוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yaṣ·ṣi·ḇū
                
                
                     They set up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stand, take one's stand, stand upright, be set (over), establish <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to station oneself, take one's stand <BR> 1a2) to stand, be stationed <BR> 1a3) to stand, take an upright position <BR> 1a4) to be stationed, be appointed <BR> 1a5) deputy, prefect, appointed, deputed (subst) <BR> 1a6) to stand firm <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to station, set <BR> 1b2) to set up, erect <BR> 1b3) to cause to stand erect <BR> 1b4) to fix, establish <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be fixed, be determined, be stationary 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yaṣ·ṣi·ḇū
         They set up 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     for themselves 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         for themselves 
    
 
        
            מַצֵּב֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַצֵּב֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṣ·ṣê·ḇō·wṯ
                
                
                     [sacred] pillars 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4676 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pillar, mastaba, stump <BR> 1a) pillar <BR> 1a1) as monument, personal memorial <BR> 1a2) with an altar <BR> 1b)(Hoph) stock, stump (of tree) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṣ·ṣê·ḇō·wṯ
         [sacred] pillars 
    
 
        
            וַאֲשֵׁרִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲשֵׁרִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·šê·rîm
                
                
                     and Asherah poles 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        842 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ashera(h) = |groves (for idol worship)|<BR> 1) a Babylonian (Astarte)-Canaanite goddess (of fortune and happiness), the supposed consort of Baal, her images <BR> 1a) the goddess, goddesses <BR> 1b) her images <BR> 1c) sacred trees or poles set up near an altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·šê·rîm
         and Asherah poles 
    
 
        
            עַ֚ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֚ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         on 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     every 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         every 
    
 
        
            גְבֹהָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְבֹהָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡə·ḇō·hāh
                
                
                     high 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1364 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) high, exalted <BR> 1a) high, tall <BR> 1b) high (in position) <BR> 1c) proud, haughty <BR> n m <BR> 2) loftiness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡə·ḇō·hāh
         high 
    
 
        
            גִּבְעָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּבְעָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    giḇ·‘āh
                
                
                     hill 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill <BR> 1a) hill (lower than a mountain) <BR> 1b) as a place of illicit worship <BR> 1c) poetic for mountain <BR> 1d) used in place names 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        giḇ·‘āh
         hill 
    
 
        
            וְתַ֖חַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתַ֖חַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯa·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     and under 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the under part, beneath, instead of, as, for, for the sake of, flat, unto, where, whereas n m <BR> 1a) the under part adv accus <BR> 1b) beneath prep <BR> 1c) under, beneath <BR> 1c1) at the foot of (idiom) <BR> 1c2) sweetness, subjection, woman, being burdened or oppressed (fig) <BR> 1c3) of subjection or conquest <BR> 1d) what is under one, the place in which one stands <BR> 1d1) in one's place, the place in which one stands (idiom with reflexive pronoun) <BR> 1d2) in place of, instead of (in transferred sense) <BR> 1d3) in place of, in exchange or return for (of things mutually interchanged) <BR> conj <BR> 1e) instead of, instead of that <BR> 1f) in return for that, because that in compounds <BR> 1g) in, under, into the place of (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) from under, from beneath, from under the hand of, from his place, under, beneath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯa·ḥaṯ
         and under 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     every 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         every 
    
 
        
            רַעֲנָֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַעֲנָֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ra·‘ă·nān
                
                
                     green 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7488 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) (Palel) to be or grow luxuriant or fresh or green <BR> adj <BR> 2) luxuriant, fresh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ra·‘ă·nān
         green 
    
 
        
            עֵ֥ץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֥ץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘êṣ
                
                
                     tree . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘êṣ
         tree . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They burned incense on all the high places like the nations that the LORD had driven out before them. They did wicked things, provoking the LORD to anger.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיְקַטְּרוּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְקַטְּרוּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·qaṭ·ṭə·rū-
                
                
                     They burned incense 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6999 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to sacrifice, burn incense, burn sacrifices, make sacrifices smoke <BR> 1a) (Piel) <BR> 1a1) to make sacrifices smoke <BR> 1a2) to sacrifice <BR> 1b) (Pual) to smoke a sacrifice <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make sacrifices smoke <BR> 1c2) to cause incense to smoke, offer incense <BR> 1c3) to make smoke upon <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to smoke <BR> n m <BR> 2) incense <BR> n f <BR> 3) incense-altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·qaṭ·ṭə·rū-
         They burned incense 
    
 
        
            שָׁם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šām
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šām
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בְּכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵāl
                
                
                     on all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵāl
         on all 
    
 
        
            בָּמ֔וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּמ֔וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     the high places 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) high place, ridge, height, bamah (technical name for cultic platform) <BR> 1a) high place, mountain <BR> 1b) high places, battlefields <BR> 1c) high places (as places of worship) <BR> 1d) funeral mound? 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·mō·wṯ
         the high places 
    
 
        
            כַּגּוֹיִ֕ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּגּוֹיִ֕ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     like the nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kag·gō·w·yim
         like the nations 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         that 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            הֶגְלָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶגְלָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    heḡ·lāh
                
                
                     had driven out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to uncover, remove <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to uncover <BR> 1a2) to remove, depart <BR> 1a3) to go into exile <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) (reflexive) <BR> 1b1a) to uncover oneself <BR> 1b1b) to discover or show oneself <BR> 1b1c) to reveal himself (of God) <BR> 1b2) (passive) <BR> 1b2a) to be uncovered <BR> 1b2b) to be disclosed, be discovered <BR> 1b2c) to be revealed <BR> 1b3) to be removed <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to uncover (nakedness) <BR> 1c1a) nakedness <BR> 1c1b) general <BR> 1c2) to disclose, discover, lay bare <BR> 1c3) to make known, show, reveal <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be uncovered <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to carry away into exile, take into exile <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be taken into exile <BR> 1g) (Hithpael) <BR> 1g1) to be uncovered <BR> 1g2) to reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        heḡ·lāh
         had driven out 
    
 
        
            מִפְּנֵיהֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִפְּנֵיהֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mip·pə·nê·hem
                
                
                     before them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mip·pə·nê·hem
         before them . 
    
 
        
            וַֽיַּעֲשׂוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיַּעֲשׂוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·śū
                
                
                     They did 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·śū
         They did 
    
 
        
            רָעִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָעִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·‘îm
                
                
                     wicked 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7451 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) bad, evil <BR> 1a) bad, disagreeable, malignant <BR> 1b) bad, unpleasant, evil (giving pain, unhappiness, misery) <BR> 1c) evil, displeasing <BR> 1d) bad (of its kind-land, water, etc) <BR> 1e) bad (of value) <BR> 1f) worse than, worst (comparison) <BR> 1g) sad, unhappy <BR> 1h) evil (hurtful) <BR> 1i) bad, unkind (vicious in disposition) <BR> 1j) bad, evil, wicked (ethically) <BR> 1j1) in general, of persons, of thoughts <BR> 1j2) deeds, actions <BR> n m <BR> 2) evil, distress, misery, injury, calamity <BR> 2a) evil, distress, adversity <BR> 2b) evil, injury, wrong <BR> 2c) evil (ethical) <BR> n f <BR> 3) evil, misery, distress, injury <BR> 3a) evil, misery, distress <BR> 3b) evil, injury, wrong <BR> 3c) evil (ethical) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·‘îm
         wicked 
    
 
        
            דְּבָרִ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּבָרִ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·ḇā·rîm
                
                
                     things , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·ḇā·rîm
         things , 
    
 
        
            לְהַכְעִ֖יס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַכְעִ֖יס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·haḵ·‘îs
                
                
                     provoking 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3707 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be angry, be vexed, be indignant, be wroth, be grieved, provoke to anger and wrath <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be vexed, be indignant <BR> 1a2) to be angry <BR> 1b) (Piel) to provoke to anger <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to vex <BR> 1c2) to vex, provoke to anger 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·haḵ·‘îs
         provoking 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD {to anger} . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD {to anger} . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They served idols, although the LORD had told them, “You shall not do this thing.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיַּֽעַבְד֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּֽעַבְד֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘aḇ·ḏū
                
                
                     They served 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5647 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to work, serve <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to labour, work, do work <BR> 1a2) to work for another, serve another by labour <BR> 1a3) to serve as subjects <BR> 1a4) to serve (God) <BR> 1a5) to serve (with Levitical service) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be worked, be tilled (of land) <BR> 1b2) to make oneself a servant <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be worked <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to compel to labour or work, cause to labour, cause to serve <BR> 1d2) to cause to serve as subjects <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be led or enticed to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘aḇ·ḏū
         They served 
    
 
        
            הַגִּלֻּלִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגִּלֻּלִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gil·lu·lîm
                
                
                     idols , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1544 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) idols 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gil·lu·lîm
         idols , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     although the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         although the LORD 
    
 
        
            אָמַ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     had told 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         had told 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         them , 
    
 
        
            לֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     “ You shall not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         “ You shall not 
    
 
        
            תַעֲשׂ֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַעֲשׂ֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯa·‘ă·śū
                
                
                     do 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯa·‘ă·śū
         do 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַזֶּֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֶּֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zeh
                
                
                     this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zeh
         this 
    
 
        
            הַדָּבָ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדָּבָ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dā·ḇār
                
                
                     thing . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dā·ḇār
         thing . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Yet through all His prophets and seers, the LORD warned Israel and Judah, saying, “Turn from your wicked ways and keep My commandments and statutes, according to the entire Law that I commanded your fathers and delivered to you through My servants the prophets.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּיַד֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיַד֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yaḏ
                
                
                     Yet through 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yaḏ
         Yet through 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            נְבִיאוֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבִיאוֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇī·ʾō
                
                
                     His prophets 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5030 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) spokesman, speaker, prophet <BR> 1a) prophet <BR> 1b) false prophet <BR> 1c) heathen prophet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇī·ʾō
         His prophets 
    
 
        
            כָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵāl
                
                
                     [and] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵāl
         [and] 
    
 
        
            חֹזֶ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֹזֶ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥō·zeh
                
                
                     seers , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2374 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seer <BR> 1a) seer <BR> 1b) vision 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥō·zeh
         seers , 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֡ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֡ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיָּ֣עַד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּ֣עַד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·‘aḏ
                
                
                     warned 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5749 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, repeat, go about, do again <BR> 1a) (Piel) to surround, go round and round <BR> 1b) (Pilel) to restore, relieve <BR> 1c) (Hithpalel) to be restored <BR> 2) to bear witness <BR> 2a) (Qal) to bear witness, say again and again <BR> 2b) (Hiphil) <BR> 2b1) to testify, bear witness <BR> 2b2) to cause to testify, take or call as witness, invoke <BR> 2b3) to protest, affirm solemnly, warn, exhort or enjoin solemnly, admonish, charge <BR> 2c) (Hophal) to protest, give warning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·‘aḏ
         warned 
    
 
        
            בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yiś·rā·’êl
         Israel 
    
 
        
            וּבִיהוּדָ֡ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבִיהוּדָ֡ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇî·hū·ḏāh
                
                
                     and Judah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Judah = |praised|<BR> 1) the son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Judah the son of Jacob <BR> 3) the territory occupied by the tribe of Judah <BR> 4) the kingdom comprised of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin which occupied the southern part of Canaan after the nation split upon the death of Solomon <BR> 5) a Levite in Ezra's time <BR> 6) an overseer of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 7) a Levite musician in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 8) a priest in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇî·hū·ḏāh
         and Judah , 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     saying , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         saying , 
    
 
        
            שֻׁ֝֠בוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֻׁ֝֠בוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇū
                
                
                     “ Turn 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, turn back <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn back, return <BR> 1a1a) to turn back <BR> 1a1b) to return, come or go back <BR> 1a1c) to return unto, go back, come back <BR> 1a1d) of dying <BR> 1a1e) of human relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f) of spiritual relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f1) to turn back (from God), apostatise <BR> 1a1f2) to turn away (of God) <BR> 1a1f3) to turn back (to God), repent <BR> 1a1f4) turn back (from evil) <BR> 1a1g) of inanimate things <BR> 1a1h) in repetition <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to bring back <BR> 1b2) to restore, refresh, repair (fig) <BR> 1b3) to lead away (enticingly) <BR> 1b4) to show turning, apostatise <BR> 1c) (Pual) restored (participle) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to return, bring back <BR> 1d1) to bring back, allow to return, put back, draw back, give back, restore, relinquish, give in payment <BR> 1d2) to bring back, refresh, restore <BR> 1d3) to bring back, report to, answer <BR> 1d4) to bring back, make requital, pay (as recompense) <BR> 1d5) to turn back or backward, repel, defeat, repulse, hinder, reject, refuse <BR> 1d6) to turn away (face), turn toward <BR> 1d7) to turn against <BR> 1d8) to bring back to mind <BR> 1d9) to show a turning away 1d10) to reverse, revoke <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be returned, be restored, be brought back <BR> 1f) (Pulal) brought back 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇū
         “ Turn 
    
 
        
            הָֽרָעִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽרָעִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·rā·‘îm
                
                
                     from your wicked 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7451 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) bad, evil <BR> 1a) bad, disagreeable, malignant <BR> 1b) bad, unpleasant, evil (giving pain, unhappiness, misery) <BR> 1c) evil, displeasing <BR> 1d) bad (of its kind-land, water, etc) <BR> 1e) bad (of value) <BR> 1f) worse than, worst (comparison) <BR> 1g) sad, unhappy <BR> 1h) evil (hurtful) <BR> 1i) bad, unkind (vicious in disposition) <BR> 1j) bad, evil, wicked (ethically) <BR> 1j1) in general, of persons, of thoughts <BR> 1j2) deeds, actions <BR> n m <BR> 2) evil, distress, misery, injury, calamity <BR> 2a) evil, distress, adversity <BR> 2b) evil, injury, wrong <BR> 2c) evil (ethical) <BR> n f <BR> 3) evil, misery, distress, injury <BR> 3a) evil, misery, distress <BR> 3b) evil, injury, wrong <BR> 3c) evil (ethical) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·rā·‘îm
         from your wicked 
    
 
        
            מִדַּרְכֵיכֶ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִדַּרְכֵיכֶ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mid·dar·ḵê·ḵem
                
                
                     ways 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - common plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) way, road, distance, journey, manner <BR> 1a) road, way, path <BR> 1b) journey <BR> 1c) direction <BR> 1d) manner, habit, way <BR> 1e) of course of life (fig.) <BR> 1f) of moral character (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mid·dar·ḵê·ḵem
         ways 
    
 
        
            וְשִׁמְרוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשִׁמְרוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šim·rū
                
                
                     and keep 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8104 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to keep, guard, observe, give heed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to keep, have charge of <BR> 1a2) to keep, guard, keep watch and ward, protect, save life <BR> 1a2a) watch, watchman (participle) <BR> 1a3) to watch for, wait for <BR> 1a4) to watch, observe <BR> 1a5) to keep, retain, treasure up (in memory) <BR> 1a6) to keep (within bounds), restrain <BR> 1a7) to observe, celebrate, keep (sabbath or covenant or commands), perform (vow) <BR> 1a8) to keep, preserve, protect <BR> 1a9) to keep, reserve <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be on one's guard, take heed, take care, beware <BR> 1b2) to keep oneself, refrain, abstain <BR> 1b3) to be kept, be guarded <BR> 1c) (Piel) to keep, pay heed <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to keep oneself from 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šim·rū
         and keep 
    
 
        
            מִצְוֺתַ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְוֺתַ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·wō·ṯay
                
                
                     My commandments 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4687 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) commandment <BR> 1a) commandment (of man) <BR> 1b) the commandment (of God) <BR> 1c) commandment (of code of wisdom) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·wō·ṯay
         My commandments 
    
 
        
            חֻקּוֹתַ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֻקּוֹתַ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥuq·qō·w·ṯay
                
                
                     and statutes , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2708 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) statute, ordinance, limit, enactment, something prescribed <BR> 1a) statute 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥuq·qō·w·ṯay
         and statutes , 
    
 
        
            כְּכָ֨ל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּכָ֨ל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ḵāl-
                
                
                     according to the entire 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ḵāl-
         according to the entire 
    
 
        
            הַתּוֹרָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַתּוֹרָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hat·tō·w·rāh
                
                
                     Law 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8451 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) law, direction, instruction <BR> 1a) instruction, direction (human or divine) <BR> 1a1) body of prophetic teaching <BR> 1a2) instruction in Messianic age <BR> 1a3) body of priestly direction or instruction <BR> 1a4) body of legal directives <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1b1) law of the burnt offering <BR> 1b2) of special law, codes of law <BR> 1c) custom, manner <BR> 1d) the Deuteronomic or Mosaic Law 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hat·tō·w·rāh
         Law 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            צִוִּ֖יתִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִוִּ֖יתִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣiw·wî·ṯî
                
                
                     I commanded 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣiw·wî·ṯî
         I commanded 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֲבֹֽתֵיכֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבֹֽתֵיכֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇō·ṯê·ḵem
                
                
                     your fathers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father of an individual <BR> 2) of God as father of his people <BR> 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan <BR> 4) ancestor <BR> 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person <BR> 4b) of people <BR> 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art <BR> 6) of producer, generator (fig.) <BR> 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) <BR> 8) term of respect and honour <BR> 9) ruler or chief (spec.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇō·ṯê·ḵem
         your fathers 
    
 
        
            וַֽאֲשֶׁר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽאֲשֶׁר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·laḥ·tî
                
                
                     and delivered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send, send away, let go, stretch out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to send <BR> 1a2) to stretch out, extend, direct <BR> 1a3) to send away <BR> 1a4) to let loose <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be sent <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to send off or away or out or forth, dismiss, give over, cast out <BR> 1c2) to let go, set free <BR> 1c3) to shoot forth (of branches) <BR> 1c4) to let down <BR> 1c5) to shoot <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be sent off, be put away, be divorced, be impelled <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to send 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·laḥ·tî
         and delivered 
    
 
        
            אֲלֵיכֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲלֵיכֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·lê·ḵem
                
                
                     to you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·lê·ḵem
         to you 
    
 
        
            בְּיַ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיַ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yaḏ
                
                
                     through 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yaḏ
         through 
    
 
        
            עֲבָדַ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲבָדַ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḇā·ḏay
                
                
                     My servants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) slave, servant <BR> 1a) slave, servant, man-servant <BR> 1b) subjects <BR> 1c) servants, worshippers (of God) <BR> 1d) servant (in special sense as prophets, Levites etc) <BR> 1e) servant (of Israel) <BR> 1f) servant (as form of address between equals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḇā·ḏay
         My servants 
    
 
        
            הַנְּבִיאִֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנְּבִיאִֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·nə·ḇî·’îm
                
                
                     the prophets . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5030 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) spokesman, speaker, prophet <BR> 1a) prophet <BR> 1b) false prophet <BR> 1c) heathen prophet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·nə·ḇî·’îm
         the prophets . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But they would not listen, and they stiffened their necks like their fathers, who did not believe the LORD their God.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלֹ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō
                
                
                     But they would not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō
         But they would not 
    
 
        
            שָׁמֵ֑עוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁמֵ֑עוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·mê·‘ū
                
                
                     listen , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8085 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to hear, listen to, obey <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to hear (perceive by ear) <BR> 1a2) to hear of or concerning <BR> 1a3) to hear (have power to hear) <BR> 1a4) to hear with attention or interest, listen to <BR> 1a5) to understand (language) <BR> 1a6) to hear (of judicial cases) <BR> 1a7) to listen, give heed <BR> 1a7a) to consent, agree <BR> 1a7b) to grant request <BR> 1a8) to listen to, yield to <BR> 1a9) to obey, be obedient <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be heard (of voice or sound) <BR> 1b2) to be heard of <BR> 1b3) to be regarded, be obeyed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to hear, call to hear, summon <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to hear, tell, proclaim, utter a sound <BR> 1d2) to sound aloud (musical term) <BR> 1d3) to make proclamation, summon <BR> 1d4) to cause to be heard <BR> n m <BR> 2) sound 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·mê·‘ū
         listen , 
    
 
        
            וַיַּקְשׁ֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּקְשׁ֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yaq·šū
                
                
                     and they stiffened 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7185 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be hard, be severe, be fierce, be harsh <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be hard, be difficult <BR> 1a2) to be hard, be severe <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be ill-treated <BR> 1b2) to be hard pressed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to have severe labour (of women) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to make difficult, make difficulty <BR> 1d2) to make severe, make burdensome <BR> 1d3) to make hard, make stiff, make stubborn <BR> 1d3a) of obstinacy (fig) <BR> 1d4) to show stubbornness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yaq·šū
         and they stiffened 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עָרְפָּם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָרְפָּם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·rə·pām
                
                
                     their necks 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6203 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) neck, back of the neck, back <BR> 1a) back of the neck <BR> 1a1) of fleeing foe <BR> 1a2) of apostasy (fig.) <BR> 1b) stiff of neck, obstinate (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·rə·pām
         their necks 
    
 
        
            כְּעֹ֣רֶף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּעֹ֣רֶף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·‘ō·rep̄
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6203 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) neck, back of the neck, back <BR> 1a) back of the neck <BR> 1a1) of fleeing foe <BR> 1a2) of apostasy (fig.) <BR> 1b) stiff of neck, obstinate (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·‘ō·rep̄
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֲבוֹתָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבוֹתָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     like their fathers , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father of an individual <BR> 2) of God as father of his people <BR> 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan <BR> 4) ancestor <BR> 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person <BR> 4b) of people <BR> 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art <BR> 6) of producer, generator (fig.) <BR> 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) <BR> 8) term of respect and honour <BR> 9) ruler or chief (spec.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇō·w·ṯām
         like their fathers , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         who 
    
 
        
            לֹ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     did not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         did not 
    
 
        
            הֶאֱמִ֔ינוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶאֱמִ֔ינוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·’ĕ·mî·nū
                
                
                     believe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        539 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to support, confirm, be faithful <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to support, confirm, be faithful, uphold, nourish <BR> 1a1a) foster-father (subst.) <BR> 1a1b) foster-mother, nurse <BR> 1a1c) pillars, supporters of the door <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be established, be faithful, be carried, make firm <BR> 1b1a) to be carried by a nurse <BR> 1b1b) made firm, sure, lasting <BR> 1b1c) confirmed, established, sure <BR> 1b1d) verified, confirmed <BR> 1b1e) reliable, faithful, trusty <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to stand firm, to trust, to be certain, to believe in <BR> 1c1a) stand firm <BR> 1c1b) trust, believe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·’ĕ·mî·nū
         believe 
    
 
        
            בַּֽיהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּֽיהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵיהֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵיהֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
                
                
                     their God . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
         their God . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They rejected His statutes and the covenant He had made with their fathers, as well as the decrees He had given them. They pursued worthless idols and became worthless themselves, going after the surrounding nations that the LORD had commanded them not to imitate.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיִּמְאֲס֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּמְאֲס֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yim·’ă·sū
                
                
                     They rejected 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3988 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to reject, despise, refuse <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to reject, refuse <BR> 1a2) to despise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be rejected <BR> 2) (Niphal) to flow, run 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yim·’ă·sū
         They rejected 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            חֻקָּ֗יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֻקָּ֗יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥuq·qāw
                
                
                     His statutes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2706 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) statute, ordinance, limit, something prescribed, due <BR> 1a) prescribed task <BR> 1b) prescribed portion <BR> 1c) action prescribed (for oneself), resolve <BR> 1d) prescribed due <BR> 1e) prescribed limit, boundary <BR> 1f) enactment, decree, ordinance <BR> 1f1) specific decree <BR> 1f2) law in general <BR> 1g) enactments, statutes <BR> 1g1) conditions <BR> 1g2) enactments <BR> 1g3) decrees <BR> 1g4) civil enactments prescribed by God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥuq·qāw
         His statutes 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּרִיתוֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּרִיתוֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·rî·ṯōw
                
                
                     and the covenant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1285 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) covenant, alliance, pledge <BR> 1a) between men <BR> 1a1) treaty, alliance, league (man to man) <BR> 1a2) constitution, ordinance (monarch to subjects) <BR> 1a3) agreement, pledge (man to man) <BR> 1a4) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1a5) alliance (of marriage) <BR> 1b) between God and man <BR> 1b1) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1b2) covenant (divine ordinance with signs or pledges) <BR> 2) (phrases) <BR> 2a) covenant making <BR> 2b) covenant keeping <BR> 2c) covenant violation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·rî·ṯōw
         and the covenant 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            כָּרַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּרַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·raṯ
                
                
                     He had made 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut, cut off, cut down, cut off a body part, cut out, eliminate, kill, cut a covenant <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cut off <BR> 1a1a) to cut off a body part, behead <BR> 1a2) to cut down <BR> 1a3) to hew <BR> 1a4) to cut or make a covenant <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be cut off <BR> 1b2) to be cut down <BR> 1b3) to be chewed <BR> 1b4) to be cut off, fail <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be cut off <BR> 1c2) to be cut down <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cut off <BR> 1d2) to cut off, destroy <BR> 1d3) to cut down, destroy <BR> 1d4) to take away <BR> 1d5) to permit to perish <BR> 1e) (Hophal) cut off 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·raṯ
         He had made 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         with 
    
 
        
            אֲבוֹתָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבוֹתָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     their fathers , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father of an individual <BR> 2) of God as father of his people <BR> 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan <BR> 4) ancestor <BR> 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person <BR> 4b) of people <BR> 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art <BR> 6) of producer, generator (fig.) <BR> 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) <BR> 8) term of respect and honour <BR> 9) ruler or chief (spec.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇō·w·ṯām
         their fathers , 
    
 
        
            וְאֵת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            עֵֽדְוֺתָ֔יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵֽדְוֺתָ֔יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ê·ḏə·wō·ṯāw
                
                
                     as well as the decrees 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) testimony 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ê·ḏə·wō·ṯāw
         as well as the decrees 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            הֵעִ֖יד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵעִ֖יד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hê·‘îḏ
                
                
                     He had given 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5749 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, repeat, go about, do again <BR> 1a) (Piel) to surround, go round and round <BR> 1b) (Pilel) to restore, relieve <BR> 1c) (Hithpalel) to be restored <BR> 2) to bear witness <BR> 2a) (Qal) to bear witness, say again and again <BR> 2b) (Hiphil) <BR> 2b1) to testify, bear witness <BR> 2b2) to cause to testify, take or call as witness, invoke <BR> 2b3) to protest, affirm solemnly, warn, exhort or enjoin solemnly, admonish, charge <BR> 2c) (Hophal) to protest, give warning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hê·‘îḏ
         He had given 
    
 
        
            בָּ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bām
                
                
                     them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bām
         them . 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּ֨לְכ֜וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּ֨לְכ֜וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·lə·ḵū
                
                
                     They pursued 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·lə·ḵū
         They pursued 
    
 
        
            אַחֲרֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחֲרֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥă·rê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥă·rê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַהֶ֙בֶל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַהֶ֙בֶל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·he·ḇel
                
                
                     worthless idols 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) vapour, breath <BR> 1a) breath, vapour <BR> 1b) vanity (fig.) <BR> adv<BR> 2) vainly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·he·ḇel
         worthless idols 
    
 
        
            וַיֶּהְבָּ֔לוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֶּהְבָּ֔לוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yeh·bā·lū
                
                
                     and themselves became worthless , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1891 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to act emptily, become vain, be vain <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to become vain <BR> 1a2) to be utterly vain (with cognate acc) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to become vain <BR> 1b2) to fill with vain hopes 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yeh·bā·lū
         and themselves became worthless , 
    
 
        
            וְאַחֲרֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַחֲרֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’a·ḥă·rê
                
                
                     going after 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’a·ḥă·rê
         going after 
    
 
        
            סְבִֽיבֹתָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סְבִֽיבֹתָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sə·ḇî·ḇō·ṯām
                
                
                     the surrounding 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sə·ḇî·ḇō·ṯām
         the surrounding 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            הַגּוֹיִם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹיִם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·yim
         nations 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         - 
    
 
        
            צִוָּ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִוָּ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣiw·wāh
                
                
                     had commanded them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣiw·wāh
         had commanded them 
    
 
        
            לְבִלְתִּ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבִלְתִּ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇil·tî
                
                
                     not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1115 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) not, except <BR> adv <BR> 2) not <BR> 3) except (after preceding negation) <BR> conj <BR> 4) except (after an implied or expressed negation) <BR> with prep <BR> 5) so as not, in order not <BR> 6) an account of not, because...not <BR> 7) until not 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇil·tî
         not 
    
 
        
            עֲשׂ֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲשׂ֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·śō·wṯ
                
                
                     to imitate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·śō·wṯ
         to imitate 
    
 
        
            כָּהֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּהֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·hem
                
                
                     . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·hem
         . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They abandoned all the commandments of the LORD their God and made for themselves two cast idols of calves and an Asherah pole. They bowed down to all the host of heaven and served Baal.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיַּעַזְב֗וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּעַזְב֗וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘az·ḇū
                
                
                     They abandoned 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5800 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to leave, loose, forsake<BR> 1a) (Qal) to leave <BR> 1a1) to depart from, leave behind, leave, let alone <BR> 1a2) to leave, abandon, forsake, neglect, apostatise <BR> 1a3) to let loose, set free, let go, free <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be left to <BR> 1b2) to be forsaken <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be deserted <BR> 2) to restore, repair <BR> 2a) (Qal) to repair 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘az·ḇū
         They abandoned 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            מִצְוֺת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְוֺת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·wōṯ
                
                
                     the commandments 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4687 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) commandment <BR> 1a) commandment (of man) <BR> 1b) the commandment (of God) <BR> 1c) commandment (of code of wisdom) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·wōṯ
         the commandments 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
                
                
                     their God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
         their God 
    
 
        
            וַיַּעֲשׂ֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּעֲשׂ֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·śū
                
                
                     and made 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·śū
         and made 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     for themselves 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         for themselves 
    
 
        
            שְׁנֵים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנֵים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·nēm
                
                
                     two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·nēm
         two 
    
 
        
            מַסֵּכָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַסֵּכָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mas·sê·ḵāh
                
                
                     cast idols 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a pouring, libation, molten metal, cast image, drink offering <BR> 1a) libation (with covenant sacrifice)<BR> 1b) molten metal, molten image, molten gods <BR> 2) web, covering, veil, woven stuff 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mas·sê·ḵāh
         cast idols 
    
 
        
            עֲגָלִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲגָלִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḡā·lîm
                
                
                     of calves 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5695 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) calf, bull-calf 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḡā·lîm
         of calves 
    
 
        
            וַיַּעֲשׂ֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּעֲשׂ֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·śū
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·śū
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֲשֵׁירָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֵׁירָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šê·rāh
                
                
                     and an Asherah pole . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        842 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ashera(h) = |groves (for idol worship)|<BR> 1) a Babylonian (Astarte)-Canaanite goddess (of fortune and happiness), the supposed consort of Baal, her images <BR> 1a) the goddess, goddesses <BR> 1b) her images <BR> 1c) sacred trees or poles set up near an altar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šê·rāh
         and an Asherah pole . 
    
 
        
            וַיִּֽשְׁתַּחֲווּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּֽשְׁתַּחֲווּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiš·ta·ḥă·wū
                
                
                     They bowed down to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hitpael - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7812 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bow down <BR> 1a) (Qal) to bow down <BR> 1b)(Hiphil) to depress (fig) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to bow down, prostrate oneself <BR> 1c1a) before superior in homage <BR> 1c1b) before God in worship <BR> 1c1c) before false gods <BR> 1c1d) before angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiš·ta·ḥă·wū
         They bowed down to 
    
 
        
            לְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵāl
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵāl
         all 
    
 
        
            צְבָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְבָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇā
                
                
                     the host 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇā
         the host 
    
 
        
            הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šā·ma·yim
                
                
                     of heaven 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8064 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible heavens, sky <BR> 1a1) as abode of the stars <BR> 1a2) as the visible universe, the sky, atmosphere, etc <BR> 1b) Heaven (as the abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šā·ma·yim
         of heaven 
    
 
        
            וַיַּעַבְד֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּעַבְד֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘aḇ·ḏū
                
                
                     and served 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5647 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to work, serve <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to labour, work, do work <BR> 1a2) to work for another, serve another by labour <BR> 1a3) to serve as subjects <BR> 1a4) to serve (God) <BR> 1a5) to serve (with Levitical service) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be worked, be tilled (of land) <BR> 1b2) to make oneself a servant <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be worked <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to compel to labour or work, cause to labour, cause to serve <BR> 1d2) to cause to serve as subjects <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be led or enticed to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘aḇ·ḏū
         and served 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַבָּֽעַל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבָּֽעַל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bā·‘al
                
                
                     Baal . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1168 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Baal = |lord| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) supreme male divinity of the Phoenicians or Canaanites <BR> 2) a Reubenite <BR> 3) the son of Jehiel and grandfather of Saul <BR> n pr loc <BR> 4) a town of Simeon, probably identical to Baalath-beer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bā·‘al
         Baal . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They sacrificed their sons and daughters in the fire and practiced divination and soothsaying. They devoted themselves to doing evil in the sight of the LORD, provoking Him to anger.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַֽ֠יַּעֲבִירוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽ֠יַּעֲבִירוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·ḇî·rū
                
                
                     They sacrificed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·ḇî·rū
         They sacrificed 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵיהֶ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵיהֶ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê·hem
                
                
                     their sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê·hem
         their sons 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּנֽוֹתֵיהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֽוֹתֵיהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nō·w·ṯê·hem
                
                
                     and daughters 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1323 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n f<BR> 1) daughter <BR> 1a) daughter, girl, adopted daughter, daughter-in-law, sister, granddaughters, female child, cousin <BR> 1a1) as polite address <BR> n pr f <BR> 1a2) as designation of women of a particular place <BR> 2) young women, women <BR> 1a3) as personification <BR> 1a4) daughter-villages <BR> 1a5) description of character 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nō·w·ṯê·hem
         and daughters 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בָּאֵ֔שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּאֵ֔שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·’êš
                
                
                     in the fire 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        784 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire <BR> 1a) fire, flames <BR> 1b) supernatural fire (accompanying theophany) <BR> 1c) fire (for cooking, roasting, parching) <BR> 1d) altar-fire <BR> 1e) God's anger (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·’êš
         in the fire 
    
 
        
            וַיִּקְסְמ֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּקְסְמ֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiq·sə·mū
                
                
                     and practiced 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7080 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) to practice divination, divine <BR> 1a) of diviners of the nations, Balaam<BR> 1b) of false prophets of Israel <BR> 1c) prohibited 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiq·sə·mū
         and practiced 
    
 
        
            קְסָמִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְסָמִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·sā·mîm
                
                
                     divination 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7081 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) divination, witchcraft <BR> 1a) of the nations, Balaam <BR> 1b) of false prophets <BR> 1c) in a good sense (king's lips as oracles) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·sā·mîm
         divination 
    
 
        
            וַיְנַחֵ֑שׁוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְנַחֵ֑שׁוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·na·ḥê·šū
                
                
                     and soothsaying . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5172 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to practice divination, divine, observe signs, learn by experience, diligently observe, practice fortunetelling, take as an omen <BR> 1a) (Piel) <BR> 1a1) to practice divination <BR> 1a2) to observe the signs or omens 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·na·ḥê·šū
         and soothsaying . 
    
 
        
            וַיִּֽתְמַכְּר֗וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּֽתְמַכְּר֗וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiṯ·mak·kə·rū
                
                
                     They devoted themselves 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hitpael - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sell <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sell <BR> 1a2) seller (participle) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be sold <BR> 1b2) to sell oneself <BR> 1b3) to be given over to death <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to sell oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiṯ·mak·kə·rū
         They devoted themselves 
    
 
        
            לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·‘ă·śō·wṯ
                
                
                     to doing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·‘ă·śō·wṯ
         to doing 
    
 
        
            הָרַ֛ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרַ֛ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·ra‘
                
                
                     evil 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7451 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) bad, evil <BR> 1a) bad, disagreeable, malignant <BR> 1b) bad, unpleasant, evil (giving pain, unhappiness, misery) <BR> 1c) evil, displeasing <BR> 1d) bad (of its kind-land, water, etc) <BR> 1e) bad (of value) <BR> 1f) worse than, worst (comparison) <BR> 1g) sad, unhappy <BR> 1h) evil (hurtful) <BR> 1i) bad, unkind (vicious in disposition) <BR> 1j) bad, evil, wicked (ethically) <BR> 1j1) in general, of persons, of thoughts <BR> 1j2) deeds, actions <BR> n m <BR> 2) evil, distress, misery, injury, calamity <BR> 2a) evil, distress, adversity <BR> 2b) evil, injury, wrong <BR> 2c) evil (ethical) <BR> n f <BR> 3) evil, misery, distress, injury <BR> 3a) evil, misery, distress <BR> 3b) evil, injury, wrong <BR> 3c) evil (ethical) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·ra‘
         evil 
    
 
        
            בְּעֵינֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעֵינֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ê·nê
                
                
                     in the sight 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - cdc 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5869 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye <BR> 1a) eye <BR> 1a1) of physical eye <BR> 1a2) as showing mental qualities <BR> 1a3) of mental and spiritual faculties (fig.) <BR> 2) spring, fountain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ê·nê
         in the sight 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD , 
    
 
        
            לְהַכְעִיסֽוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַכְעִיסֽוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·haḵ·‘î·sōw
                
                
                     provoking Him to anger . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3707 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be angry, be vexed, be indignant, be wroth, be grieved, provoke to anger and wrath <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be vexed, be indignant <BR> 1a2) to be angry <BR> 1b) (Piel) to provoke to anger <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to vex <BR> 1c2) to vex, provoke to anger 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·haḵ·‘î·sōw
         provoking Him to anger . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So the LORD was very angry with Israel, and He removed them from His presence. Only the tribe of Judah remained,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     So the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         So the LORD 
    
 
        
            מְאֹד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאֹד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’ōḏ
                
                
                     was very 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) exceedingly, much <BR> subst <BR> 2) might, force, abundance <BR> n m <BR> 3) muchness, force, abundance, exceedingly <BR> 3a) force, might <BR> 3b) exceedingly, greatly, very (idioms showing magnitude or degree) <BR> 3b1) exceedingly <BR> 3b2) up to abundance, to a great degree, exceedingly <BR> 3b3) with muchness, muchness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’ōḏ
         was very 
    
 
        
            וַיִּתְאַנַּ֨ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּתְאַנַּ֨ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiṯ·’an·nap̄
                
                
                     angry 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hitpael - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        599 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be angry, to be displeased, to breathe hard <BR> 1a) (Qal) to be angry (of God) <BR> 1b) (Hithpael) to be angry (always of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiṯ·’an·nap̄
         angry 
    
 
        
            בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     with Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yiś·rā·’êl
         with Israel , 
    
 
        
            וַיְסִרֵ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְסִרֵ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·si·rêm
                
                
                     and He removed them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to turn aside, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn aside, turn in unto <BR> 1a2) to depart, depart from way, avoid <BR> 1a3) to be removed <BR> 1a4) to come to an end <BR> 1b) (Polel) to turn aside <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to turn aside, cause to depart, remove, take away, put away, depose <BR> 1c2) to put aside, leave undone, retract, reject, abolish <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be taken away, be removed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·si·rêm
         and He removed them 
    
 
        
            מֵעַ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵעַ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘al
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘al
         from 
    
 
        
            פָּנָ֑יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָּנָ֑יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pā·nāw
                
                
                     His presence . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pā·nāw
         His presence . 
    
 
        
            לֹ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         . . . 
    
 
        
            רַ֛ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַ֛ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raq
                
                
                     Only 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7535 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) only, altogether, surely <BR> 1a) only <BR> 1b) only, nought but, altogether (in limitation) <BR> 1c) save, except (after a negative) <BR> 1d) only, altogether, surely (with an affirmative) <BR> 1e) if only, provided only (prefixed for emphasis) <BR> 1f) only, exclusively (for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raq
         Only 
    
 
        
            שֵׁ֥בֶט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֵׁ֥בֶט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šê·ḇeṭ
                
                
                     the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7626 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rod, staff, branch, offshoot, club, sceptre, tribe <BR> 1a) rod, staff <BR> 1b) shaft (of spear, dart) <BR> 1c) club (of shepherd's implement) <BR> 1d) truncheon, sceptre (mark of authority) <BR> 1e) clan, tribe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šê·ḇeṭ
         the tribe 
    
 
        
            יְהוּדָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוּדָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hū·ḏāh
                
                
                     of Judah 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Judah = |praised|<BR> 1) the son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Judah the son of Jacob <BR> 3) the territory occupied by the tribe of Judah <BR> 4) the kingdom comprised of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin which occupied the southern part of Canaan after the nation split upon the death of Solomon <BR> 5) a Levite in Ezra's time <BR> 6) an overseer of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 7) a Levite musician in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 8) a priest in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hū·ḏāh
         of Judah 
    
 
        
            לְבַדּֽוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבַדּֽוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇad·dōw
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇad·dōw
         . . . 
    
 
        
            נִשְׁאַ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִשְׁאַ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niš·’ar
                
                
                     remained , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7604 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to remain, be left over, be left behind <BR> 1a) (Qal) to remain <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be left over, be left alive, survive <BR> 1b1a) remainder, remnant (participle) <BR> 1b2) to be left behind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to leave over, spare <BR> 1c2) to leave or keep over <BR> 1c3) to have left <BR> 1c4) to leave (as a gift) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niš·’ar
         remained , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and even Judah did not keep the commandments of the LORD their God, but lived according to the customs Israel had introduced.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            גַּם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גַּם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gam-
                
                
                     and even 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1571 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) also, even, indeed, moreover, yea <BR> 1a) also, moreover (giving emphasis) <BR> 1b) neither, neither...nor (with negative) <BR> 1c) even (for stress) <BR> 1d) indeed, yea (introducing climax) <BR> 1e) also (of correspondence or retribution) <BR> 1f) but, yet, though (adversative) <BR> 1g) even, yea, yea though (with 'when' in hypothetical case) <BR> 2) (TWOT) again, alike 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gam-
         and even 
    
 
        
            יְהוּדָ֕ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוּדָ֕ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hū·ḏāh
                
                
                     Judah 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Judah = |praised|<BR> 1) the son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Judah the son of Jacob <BR> 3) the territory occupied by the tribe of Judah <BR> 4) the kingdom comprised of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin which occupied the southern part of Canaan after the nation split upon the death of Solomon <BR> 5) a Levite in Ezra's time <BR> 6) an overseer of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 7) a Levite musician in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 8) a priest in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hū·ḏāh
         Judah 
    
 
        
            לֹ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     did not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         did not 
    
 
        
            שָׁמַ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁמַ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·mar
                
                
                     keep 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8104 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to keep, guard, observe, give heed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to keep, have charge of <BR> 1a2) to keep, guard, keep watch and ward, protect, save life <BR> 1a2a) watch, watchman (participle) <BR> 1a3) to watch for, wait for <BR> 1a4) to watch, observe <BR> 1a5) to keep, retain, treasure up (in memory) <BR> 1a6) to keep (within bounds), restrain <BR> 1a7) to observe, celebrate, keep (sabbath or covenant or commands), perform (vow) <BR> 1a8) to keep, preserve, protect <BR> 1a9) to keep, reserve <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be on one's guard, take heed, take care, beware <BR> 1b2) to keep oneself, refrain, abstain <BR> 1b3) to be kept, be guarded <BR> 1c) (Piel) to keep, pay heed <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to keep oneself from 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·mar
         keep 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִצְוֺ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְוֺ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·wōṯ
                
                
                     the commandments 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4687 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) commandment <BR> 1a) commandment (of man) <BR> 1b) the commandment (of God) <BR> 1c) commandment (of code of wisdom) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·wōṯ
         the commandments 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵיהֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵיהֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
                
                
                     their God , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
         their God , 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּ֣לְכ֔וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּ֣לְכ֔וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·lə·ḵū
                
                
                     but lived 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·lə·ḵū
         but lived 
    
 
        
            בְּחֻקּ֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּחֻקּ֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḥuq·qō·wṯ
                
                
                     according to the customs 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2708 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) statute, ordinance, limit, enactment, something prescribed <BR> 1a) statute 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḥuq·qō·wṯ
         according to the customs 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         Israel 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            עָשֽׂוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשֽׂוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śū
                
                
                     had introduced . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śū
         had introduced . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So the LORD rejected all the descendants of Israel. He afflicted them and delivered them into the hands of plunderers, until He had banished them from His presence.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוָ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     So the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         So the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיִּמְאַ֨ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּמְאַ֨ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yim·’as
                
                
                     rejected 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3988 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to reject, despise, refuse <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to reject, refuse <BR> 1a2) to despise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be rejected <BR> 2) (Niphal) to flow, run 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yim·’as
         rejected 
    
 
        
            בְּכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵāl
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵāl
         all 
    
 
        
            זֶ֤רַע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֶ֤רַע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ze·ra‘
                
                
                     the descendants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2233 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seed, sowing, offspring <BR> 1a) a sowing <BR> 1b) seed <BR> 1c) semen virile <BR> 1d) offspring, descendants, posterity, children <BR> 1e) of moral quality <BR> 1e1) a practitioner of righteousness (fig.) <BR> 1f) sowing time (by meton) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ze·ra‘
         the descendants 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel . 
    
 
        
            וַיְעַנֵּ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְעַנֵּ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·‘an·nêm
                
                
                     He afflicted them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6031 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) to be occupied, be busied with <BR> 2) to afflict, oppress, humble, be afflicted, be bowed down <BR> 2a) (Qal) <BR> 2a1) to be put down, become low <BR> 2a2) to be depressed, be downcast <BR> 2a3) to be afflicted <BR> 2a4) to stoop <BR> 2b) (Niphal) <BR> 2b1) to humble oneself, bow down <BR> 2b2) to be afflicted, be humbled <BR> 2c) (Piel) <BR> 2c1) to humble, mishandle, afflict <BR> 2c2) to humble, be humiliated <BR> 2c3) to afflict <BR> 2d4) to humble, weaken oneself <BR> 2d) (Pual) <BR> 2d1) to be afflicted <BR> 2d2) to be humbled <BR> 2e) (Hiphil) to afflict <BR> 2f) (Hithpael) <BR> 2f1) to humble oneself <BR> 2f2) to be afflicted 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·‘an·nêm
         He afflicted them 
    
 
        
            וַֽיִּתְּנֵ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיִּתְּנֵ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yit·tə·nêm
                
                
                     and delivered them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yit·tə·nêm
         and delivered them 
    
 
        
            בְּיַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yaḏ-
                
                
                     into the hands 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yaḏ-
         into the hands 
    
 
        
            שֹׁסִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֹׁסִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šō·sîm
                
                
                     of plunderers , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8154 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to spoil, plunder, take spoil <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to plunder <BR> 1a2) plunderers (participle) <BR> 1b) (Poel) to plunder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šō·sîm
         of plunderers , 
    
 
        
            עַ֛ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֛ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     until 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         until 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         
    
 
        
            הִשְׁלִיכָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִשְׁלִיכָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiš·lî·ḵām
                
                
                     He had banished them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7993 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to throw, cast, hurl, fling <BR> 1a) (Hiphil) <BR> 1a1) to throw, cast, throw away, cast off, shed, cast down <BR> 1a2) to cast (lots) (fig) <BR> 1b) (Hophal) <BR> 1b1) to be thrown, be cast <BR> 1b2) to be cast forth or out <BR> 1b3) to be cast down <BR> 1b4) to be cast (metaph) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiš·lî·ḵām
         He had banished them 
    
 
        
            מִפָּנָֽיו׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִפָּנָֽיו׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mip·pā·nāw
                
                
                     from His presence . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - common plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mip·pā·nāw
         from His presence . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            When the LORD had torn Israel away from the house of David, they made Jeroboam son of Nebat king, and Jeroboam led Israel away from following the LORD and caused them to commit a great sin.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     When 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         When 
    
 
        
            קָרַ֣ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָרַ֣ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ra‘
                
                
                     [the LORD] had torn 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7167 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to tear, tear in pieces <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to tear, rend <BR> 1a2) to tear away or out <BR> 1a3) to tear, rend asunder <BR> 1a3a) to make wide or large (of eyes) <BR> 1a3b) to rend open (of heavens) <BR> 1a4) to tear, rend (of wild beasts) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be rent, be split asunder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ra‘
         [the LORD] had torn 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         Israel 
    
 
        
            מֵעַל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵעַל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘al
                
                
                     away from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘al
         away from 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêṯ
                
                
                     the house 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêṯ
         the house 
    
 
        
            דָּוִ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּוִ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·wiḏ
                
                
                     of David , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1732 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        David = |beloved|<BR> 1) youngest son of Jesse and second king of Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·wiḏ
         of David , 
    
 
        
            יָרָבְעָ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָרָבְעָ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·rā·ḇə·‘ām
                
                
                     they made Jeroboam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3379 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jeroboam = |the people will contend|<BR> 1) the first king of the northern kingdom of Israel when the kingdom split at the death of Solomon and the 10 tribes split off from Judah and Benjamin and the kingdom under Solomon's son Rehoboam; idolatry was introduced at the beginning of his reign <BR> 2) the 8th king of the northern kingdom of Israel, son of Joash, and 4th in the dynasty of Jehu; during his reign the Syrian invaders were repelled and the kingdom restored to its former borders but the idolatry of the kingdom was maintained 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·rā·ḇə·‘ām
         they made Jeroboam 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            נְבָ֑ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבָ֑ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇāṭ
                
                
                     of Nebat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5028 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebat = |aspect|<BR> 1) an Ephraimite of Zereda, father of king Jeroboam I of the northern kingdom of Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇāṭ
         of Nebat 
    
 
        
            וַיַּדֵּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּדֵּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yad·dē
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5077 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Hiphil) exclude, drive away, thrust aside <BR> 2) (Piel) cast out, put away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yad·dē
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיַּמְלִ֖יכוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּמְלִ֖יכוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yam·lî·ḵū
                
                
                     king , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be or become king or queen, reign <BR> 1a) (Qal) to be or become king or queen, reign <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to make one king or queen, cause to reign <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be made king or queen <BR> 2) to counsel, advise <BR> 2a) (Niphal) to consider 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yam·lî·ḵū
         king , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יָרָבְעָ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָרָבְעָ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·rā·ḇə·‘ām
                
                
                     and Jeroboam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3379 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jeroboam = |the people will contend|<BR> 1) the first king of the northern kingdom of Israel when the kingdom split at the death of Solomon and the 10 tribes split off from Judah and Benjamin and the kingdom under Solomon's son Rehoboam; idolatry was introduced at the beginning of his reign <BR> 2) the 8th king of the northern kingdom of Israel, son of Joash, and 4th in the dynasty of Jehu; during his reign the Syrian invaders were repelled and the kingdom restored to its former borders but the idolatry of the kingdom was maintained 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·rā·ḇə·‘ām
         and Jeroboam 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     led Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         led Israel 
    
 
        
            מֵאַחֲרֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאַחֲרֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’a·ḥă·rê
                
                
                     away from following 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) after the following part, behind (of place), hinder, afterwards (of time)<BR> 1a) as an adverb <BR> 1a1) behind (of place) <BR> 1a2) afterwards (of time) <BR> 1b) as a preposition <BR> 1b1) behind, after (of place) <BR> 1b2) after (of time) <BR> 1b3) besides <BR> 1c) as a conjunction <BR> 1c) after that <BR> 1d) as a substantive <BR> 1d1) hinder part <BR> 1e) with other prepositions <BR> 1e1) from behind <BR> 1e2) from following after 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’a·ḥă·rê
         away from following 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            וְהֶחֱטֵיאָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֶחֱטֵיאָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hɛ·ḥɛ̆·ṭē·ʾå̄m
                
                
                     and caused them to commit 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2398 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sin, miss, miss the way, go wrong, incur guilt, forfeit, purify from uncleanness <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to miss <BR> 1a2) to sin, miss the goal or path of right and duty <BR> 1a3) to incur guilt, incur penalty by sin, forfeit <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to bear loss <BR> 1b2) to make a sin-offering <BR> 1b3) to purify from sin <BR> 1b4) to purify from uncleanness <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to miss the mark <BR> 1c2) to induce to sin, cause to sin <BR> 1c3) to bring into guilt or condemnation or punishment <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to miss oneself, lose oneself, wander from the way <BR> 1d2) to purify oneself from uncleanness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hɛ·ḥɛ̆·ṭē·ʾå̄m
         and caused them to commit 
    
 
        
            גְדוֹלָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְדוֹלָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡə·ḏō·w·lāh
                
                
                     a great 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1419 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) large (in magnitude and extent) <BR> 1b) in number <BR> 1c) in intensity <BR> 1d) loud (in sound) <BR> 1e) older (in age) <BR> 1f) in importance <BR> 1f1) important things <BR> 1f2) great, distinguished (of men) <BR> 1f3) God Himself (of God) <BR> subst <BR> 1g) great things <BR> 1h) haughty things <BR> 1i) greatness <BR> n pr m <BR> 1j) (CLBL) Haggedolim, the great man?, father of Zabdiel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡə·ḏō·w·lāh
         a great 
    
 
        
            חֲטָאָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲטָאָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·ṭā·’āh
                
                
                     sin . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2401 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sin, sin offering <BR> 1a) sin <BR> 1b) sin offering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·ṭā·’āh
         sin . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The Israelites persisted in all the sins that Jeroboam had committed and did not turn away from them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     The Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         The Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּֽלְכוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּֽלְכוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·lə·ḵū
                
                
                     persisted 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·lə·ḵū
         persisted 
    
 
        
            בְּכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵāl
                
                
                     in all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵāl
         in all 
    
 
        
            חַטֹּ֥אות 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַטֹּ֥אות 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥaṭ·ṭō·wṯ
                
                
                     the sins 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2403 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sin, sinful<BR> 2) sin, sin offering <BR> 2a) sin <BR> 2b) condition of sin, guilt of sin <BR> 2c) punishment for sin <BR> 2d) sin-offering <BR> 2e) purification from sins of ceremonial uncleanness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥaṭ·ṭō·wṯ
         the sins 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            יָרָבְעָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָרָבְעָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·rā·ḇə·‘ām
                
                
                     Jeroboam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3379 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jeroboam = |the people will contend|<BR> 1) the first king of the northern kingdom of Israel when the kingdom split at the death of Solomon and the 10 tribes split off from Judah and Benjamin and the kingdom under Solomon's son Rehoboam; idolatry was introduced at the beginning of his reign <BR> 2) the 8th king of the northern kingdom of Israel, son of Joash, and 4th in the dynasty of Jehu; during his reign the Syrian invaders were repelled and the kingdom restored to its former borders but the idolatry of the kingdom was maintained 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·rā·ḇə·‘ām
         Jeroboam 
    
 
        
            עָשָׂ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשָׂ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śāh
                
                
                     had committed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śāh
         had committed 
    
 
        
            לֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō-
                
                
                     and did not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō-
         and did not 
    
 
        
            סָ֖רוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָ֖רוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·rū
                
                
                     turn away 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to turn aside, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn aside, turn in unto <BR> 1a2) to depart, depart from way, avoid <BR> 1a3) to be removed <BR> 1a4) to come to an end <BR> 1b) (Polel) to turn aside <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to turn aside, cause to depart, remove, take away, put away, depose <BR> 1c2) to put aside, leave undone, retract, reject, abolish <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be taken away, be removed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·rū
         turn away 
    
 
        
            מִמֶּֽנָּה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמֶּֽנָּה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·men·nāh
                
                
                     from them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·men·nāh
         from them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Finally, the LORD removed Israel from His presence, as He had declared through all His servants the prophets. So Israel was exiled from their homeland into Assyria, where they are to this day.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עַ֠ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֠ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     Finally 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         Finally 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         - , 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הֵסִ֨יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵסִ֨יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hê·sîr
                
                
                     removed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to turn aside, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn aside, turn in unto <BR> 1a2) to depart, depart from way, avoid <BR> 1a3) to be removed <BR> 1a4) to come to an end <BR> 1b) (Polel) to turn aside <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to turn aside, cause to depart, remove, take away, put away, depose <BR> 1c2) to put aside, leave undone, retract, reject, abolish <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be taken away, be removed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hê·sîr
         removed 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         Israel 
    
 
        
            מֵעַ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵעַ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘al
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘al
         from 
    
 
        
            פָּנָ֔יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָּנָ֔יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pā·nāw
                
                
                     His presence , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pā·nāw
         His presence , 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         as 
    
 
        
            דִּבֶּ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּבֶּ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dib·ber
                
                
                     He had declared 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dib·ber
         He had declared 
    
 
        
            בְּיַ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיַ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yaḏ
                
                
                     through 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yaḏ
         through 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            עֲבָדָ֣יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲבָדָ֣יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḇā·ḏāw
                
                
                     His servants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) slave, servant <BR> 1a) slave, servant, man-servant <BR> 1b) subjects <BR> 1c) servants, worshippers (of God) <BR> 1d) servant (in special sense as prophets, Levites etc) <BR> 1e) servant (of Israel) <BR> 1f) servant (as form of address between equals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḇā·ḏāw
         His servants 
    
 
        
            הַנְּבִיאִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנְּבִיאִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·nə·ḇî·’îm
                
                
                     the prophets . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5030 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) spokesman, speaker, prophet <BR> 1a) prophet <BR> 1b) false prophet <BR> 1c) heathen prophet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·nə·ḇî·’îm
         the prophets . 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     So Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         So Israel 
    
 
        
            וַיִּ֨גֶל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּ֨גֶל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yi·ḡel
                
                
                     was exiled 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to uncover, remove <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to uncover <BR> 1a2) to remove, depart <BR> 1a3) to go into exile <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) (reflexive) <BR> 1b1a) to uncover oneself <BR> 1b1b) to discover or show oneself <BR> 1b1c) to reveal himself (of God) <BR> 1b2) (passive) <BR> 1b2a) to be uncovered <BR> 1b2b) to be disclosed, be discovered <BR> 1b2c) to be revealed <BR> 1b3) to be removed <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to uncover (nakedness) <BR> 1c1a) nakedness <BR> 1c1b) general <BR> 1c2) to disclose, discover, lay bare <BR> 1c3) to make known, show, reveal <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be uncovered <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to carry away into exile, take into exile <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be taken into exile <BR> 1g) (Hithpael) <BR> 1g1) to be uncovered <BR> 1g2) to reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yi·ḡel
         was exiled 
    
 
        
            מֵעַ֤ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵעַ֤ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘al
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘al
         from 
    
 
        
            אַדְמָתוֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַדְמָתוֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aḏ·mā·ṯōw
                
                
                     their homeland 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ground, land <BR> 1a) ground (as general, tilled, yielding sustenance) <BR> 1b) piece of ground, a specific plot of land <BR> 1c) earth substance (for building or constructing) <BR> 1d) ground as earth's visible surface <BR> 1e) land, territory, country <BR> 1f) whole inhabited earth <BR> 1g) city in Naphtali 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aḏ·mā·ṯōw
         their homeland 
    
 
        
            אַשּׁ֔וּרָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַשּׁ֔וּרָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aš·šū·rāh
                
                
                     into Assyria , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Asshur or Assyria = |a step| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the second son of Shem, eponymous ancestor of the Assyrians <BR> 2) the people of Assyria <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the nation, Assyria <BR> 4) the land, Assyria or Asshur 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aš·šū·rāh
         into Assyria , 
    
 
        
            עַ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     [where they are] to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         [where they are] to 
    
 
        
            הַזֶּֽה׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֶּֽה׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zeh
                
                
                     this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zeh
         this 
    
 
        
            הַיּ֥וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיּ֥וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yō·wm
                
                
                     day . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yō·wm
         day . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the king of Assyria brought people from Babylon, Cuthah, Avva, Hamath, and Sepharvaim and settled them in the towns of Samaria to replace the Israelites. They took possession of Samaria and lived in its towns.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ-
                
                
                     Then the king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ-
         Then the king 
    
 
        
            אַשּׁ֡וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַשּׁ֡וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aš·šūr
                
                
                     of Assyria 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Asshur or Assyria = |a step| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the second son of Shem, eponymous ancestor of the Assyrians <BR> 2) the people of Assyria <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the nation, Assyria <BR> 4) the land, Assyria or Asshur 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aš·šūr
         of Assyria 
    
 
        
            וַיָּבֵ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּבֵ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·ḇê
                
                
                     brought 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·ḇê
         brought 
    
 
        
            מִבָּבֶ֡ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִבָּבֶ֡ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mib·bā·ḇel
                
                
                     people from Babylon , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        894 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mib·bā·ḇel
         people from Babylon , 
    
 
        
            וּ֠מִכּוּ֠תָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּ֠מִכּוּ֠תָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mik·kū·ṯāh
                
                
                     Cuthah , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3575 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Cuth = |crushing|<BR> 1) a place from which king Sargon of Assyria imported colonists into Israel; probably a location approx 20 (32 km) miles northeast of Babylon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mik·kū·ṯāh
         Cuthah , 
    
 
        
            וּמֵעַוָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמֵעַוָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mê·‘aw·wā
                
                
                     Avva , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ava or Ivah = |ruin|<BR> 1) a city conquered by the Assyrians 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mê·‘aw·wā
         Avva , 
    
 
        
            וּמֵֽחֲמָת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמֵֽחֲמָת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mê·ḥă·māṯ
                
                
                     Hamath , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2574 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hamath = |fortress|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) the principle city of upper Syria in the valley of the Orontes <BR> n pr m <BR> 2) father of the house of Rechab 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mê·ḥă·māṯ
         Hamath , 
    
 
        
            וּסְפַרְוַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּסְפַרְוַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·sə·p̄ar·wa·yim
                
                
                     and Sepharvaim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5617 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Sepharvaim = |the two Sipparas|<BR> 1) a city in Syria conquered by the king of Assyria <BR> 1a) perhaps near the modern 'Mosaib' and on the Euphrates above Babylon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·sə·p̄ar·wa·yim
         and Sepharvaim 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֙שֶׁב֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֙שֶׁב֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·šeḇ
                
                
                     and settled them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·šeḇ
         and settled them 
    
 
        
            בְּעָרֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעָרֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ā·rê
                
                
                     in the towns 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ā·rê
         in the towns 
    
 
        
            שֹֽׁמְר֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֹֽׁמְר֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šō·mə·rō·wn
                
                
                     of Samaria 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Samaria = |watch mountain|<BR> 1) the region of northern Palestine associated with the northern kingdom of the 10 tribes of Israel which split from the kingdom after the death of Solomon during the reign of his son Rehoboam and were ruled by Jeroboam <BR> 2) the capital city of the northern kingdom of Israel located 30 miles (50 km) north of Jerusalem and 6 miles (10 km) northwest of Shechem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šō·mə·rō·wn
         of Samaria 
    
 
        
            תַּ֖חַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּ֖חַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     to replace 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the under part, beneath, instead of, as, for, for the sake of, flat, unto, where, whereas n m <BR> 1a) the under part adv accus <BR> 1b) beneath prep <BR> 1c) under, beneath <BR> 1c1) at the foot of (idiom) <BR> 1c2) sweetness, subjection, woman, being burdened or oppressed (fig) <BR> 1c3) of subjection or conquest <BR> 1d) what is under one, the place in which one stands <BR> 1d1) in one's place, the place in which one stands (idiom with reflexive pronoun) <BR> 1d2) in place of, instead of (in transferred sense) <BR> 1d3) in place of, in exchange or return for (of things mutually interchanged) <BR> conj <BR> 1e) instead of, instead of that <BR> 1f) in return for that, because that in compounds <BR> 1g) in, under, into the place of (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) from under, from beneath, from under the hand of, from his place, under, beneath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·ḥaṯ
         to replace 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיִּֽרְשׁוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּֽרְשׁוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yir·šū
                
                
                     They took possession of 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to seize, dispossess, take possession off, inherit, disinherit, occupy, impoverish, be an heir <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take possession of <BR> 1a2) to inherit <BR> 1a3) to impoverish, come to poverty, be poor <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be dispossessed, be impoverished, come to poverty <BR> 1c) (Piel) to devour <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to possess or inherit <BR> 1d2) to cause others to possess or inherit <BR> 1d3) to impoverish <BR> 1d4) to dispossess <BR> 1d5) to destroy, bring to ruin, disinherit 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yir·šū
         They took possession of 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            שֹׁ֣מְר֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֹׁ֣מְר֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šō·mə·rō·wn
                
                
                     Samaria 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Samaria = |watch mountain|<BR> 1) the region of northern Palestine associated with the northern kingdom of the 10 tribes of Israel which split from the kingdom after the death of Solomon during the reign of his son Rehoboam and were ruled by Jeroboam <BR> 2) the capital city of the northern kingdom of Israel located 30 miles (50 km) north of Jerusalem and 6 miles (10 km) northwest of Shechem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šō·mə·rō·wn
         Samaria 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּֽשְׁב֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּֽשְׁב֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·šə·ḇū
                
                
                     and lived 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·šə·ḇū
         and lived 
    
 
        
            בְּעָרֶֽיהָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעָרֶֽיהָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ā·re·hā
                
                
                     in its towns . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ā·re·hā
         in its towns . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Now when the settlers first lived there, they did not worship the LORD, so He sent lions among them, which killed some of them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שִׁבְתָּ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁבְתָּ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiḇ·tām
                
                
                     lived 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiḇ·tām
         lived 
    
 
        
            שָׁ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šām
                
                
                     there , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šām
         there , 
    
 
        
            לֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     they did not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         they did not 
    
 
        
            יָרְא֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָרְא֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·rə·’ū
                
                
                     worship 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3372 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear, revere, be afraid <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fear, be afraid <BR> 1a2) to stand in awe of, be awed <BR> 1a3) to fear, reverence, honour, respect <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be fearful, be dreadful, be feared <BR> 1b2) to cause astonishment and awe, be held in awe <BR> 1b3) to inspire reverence or godly fear or awe <BR> 1c) (Piel) to make afraid, terrify <BR> 2) (TWOT) to shoot, pour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·rə·’ū
         worship 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD , 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     so He 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         so He 
    
 
        
            וַיְשַׁלַּ֨ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְשַׁלַּ֨ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·šal·laḥ
                
                
                     sent 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send, send away, let go, stretch out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to send <BR> 1a2) to stretch out, extend, direct <BR> 1a3) to send away <BR> 1a4) to let loose <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be sent <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to send off or away or out or forth, dismiss, give over, cast out <BR> 1c2) to let go, set free <BR> 1c3) to shoot forth (of branches) <BR> 1c4) to let down <BR> 1c5) to shoot <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be sent off, be put away, be divorced, be impelled <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to send 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·šal·laḥ
         sent 
    
 
        
            הָ֣אֲרָי֔וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָ֣אֲרָי֔וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ă·rā·yō·wṯ
                
                
                     lions 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        738 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lion <BR> 1a) pictures or images of lions 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ă·rā·yō·wṯ
         lions 
    
 
        
            בָּהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·hem
                
                
                     among them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·hem
         among them 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         , 
    
 
        
            וַיִּֽהְי֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּֽהְי֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yih·yū
                
                
                     which 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yih·yū
         which 
    
 
        
            הֹרְגִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֹרְגִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hō·rə·ḡîm
                
                
                     killed [some] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2026 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to kill, slay, murder, destroy, murderer, slayer, out of hand <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to kill, slay <BR> 1a2) to destroy, ruin <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be killed <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be killed, be slain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hō·rə·ḡîm
         killed [some] 
    
 
        
            בָּהֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּהֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·hem
                
                
                     of them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·hem
         of them . 
    
 
        
            וַיְהִ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     Now 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         Now 
    
 
        
            בִּתְחִלַּת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּתְחִלַּת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biṯ·ḥil·laṯ
                
                
                     when [the settlers] first 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8462 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beginning, first <BR> 1a) the first time <BR> 1b) from the beginning, in the beginning (with prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biṯ·ḥil·laṯ
         when [the settlers] first 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So they spoke to the king of Assyria, saying, “The peoples that you have removed and placed in the cities of Samaria do not know the requirements of the God of the land. Because of this, He has sent lions among them, which are indeed killing them off.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיֹּאמְר֗וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּאמְר֗וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mə·rū
                
                
                     So they spoke 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mə·rū
         So they spoke 
    
 
        
            לְמֶ֣לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמֶ֣לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·me·leḵ
                
                
                     to the king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·me·leḵ
         to the king 
    
 
        
            אַשּׁוּר֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַשּׁוּר֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aš·šūr
                
                
                     of Assyria , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Asshur or Assyria = |a step| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the second son of Shem, eponymous ancestor of the Assyrians <BR> 2) the people of Assyria <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the nation, Assyria <BR> 4) the land, Assyria or Asshur 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aš·šūr
         of Assyria , 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹר֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹר֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     saying , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         saying , 
    
 
        
            הַגּוֹיִ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹיִ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     “ The peoples 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·yim
         “ The peoples 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            הִגְלִ֙יתָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִגְלִ֙יתָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiḡ·lî·ṯā
                
                
                     you have removed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to uncover, remove <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to uncover <BR> 1a2) to remove, depart <BR> 1a3) to go into exile <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) (reflexive) <BR> 1b1a) to uncover oneself <BR> 1b1b) to discover or show oneself <BR> 1b1c) to reveal himself (of God) <BR> 1b2) (passive) <BR> 1b2a) to be uncovered <BR> 1b2b) to be disclosed, be discovered <BR> 1b2c) to be revealed <BR> 1b3) to be removed <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to uncover (nakedness) <BR> 1c1a) nakedness <BR> 1c1b) general <BR> 1c2) to disclose, discover, lay bare <BR> 1c3) to make known, show, reveal <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be uncovered <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to carry away into exile, take into exile <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be taken into exile <BR> 1g) (Hithpael) <BR> 1g1) to be uncovered <BR> 1g2) to reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiḡ·lî·ṯā
         you have removed 
    
 
        
            וַתּ֙וֹשֶׁב֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתּ֙וֹשֶׁב֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·tō·wō·šeḇ
                
                
                     and placed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·tō·wō·šeḇ
         and placed 
    
 
        
            בְּעָרֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעָרֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ā·rê
                
                
                     in the cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ā·rê
         in the cities 
    
 
        
            שֹׁמְר֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֹׁמְר֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šō·mə·rō·wn
                
                
                     of Samaria 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Samaria = |watch mountain|<BR> 1) the region of northern Palestine associated with the northern kingdom of the 10 tribes of Israel which split from the kingdom after the death of Solomon during the reign of his son Rehoboam and were ruled by Jeroboam <BR> 2) the capital city of the northern kingdom of Israel located 30 miles (50 km) north of Jerusalem and 6 miles (10 km) northwest of Shechem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šō·mə·rō·wn
         of Samaria 
    
 
        
            לֹ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     do not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         do not 
    
 
        
            יָֽדְע֔וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָֽדְע֔וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏə·‘ū
                
                
                     know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏə·‘ū
         know 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁפַּ֖ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁפַּ֖ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·paṭ
                
                
                     the requirements 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4941 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment, justice, ordinance <BR> 1a) judgment <BR> 1a1) act of deciding a case <BR> 1a2) place, court, seat of judgment <BR> 1a3) process, procedure, litigation (before judges) <BR> 1a4) case, cause (presented for judgment) <BR> 1a5) sentence, decision (of judgment) <BR> 1a6) execution (of judgment) <BR> 1a7) time (of judgment) <BR> 1b) justice, right, rectitude (attributes of God or man) <BR> 1c) ordinance <BR> 1d) decision (in law) <BR> 1e) right, privilege, due (legal) <BR> 1f) proper, fitting, measure, fitness, custom, manner, plan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·paṭ
         the requirements 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê
                
                
                     of the God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê
         of the God 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֑רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֑רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     of the land . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         of the land . 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     Because of this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         Because of this 
    
 
        
            אֵינָ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵינָ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·nām
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        369 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nothing, not, nought n <BR> 1a) nothing, nought neg <BR> 1b) not <BR> 1c) to have not (of possession) adv <BR> 1d) without w/prep <BR> 1e) for lack of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·nām
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יֹדְעִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֹדְעִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·ḏə·‘îm
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·ḏə·‘îm
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁפַּ֖ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁפַּ֖ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·paṭ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4941 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment, justice, ordinance <BR> 1a) judgment <BR> 1a1) act of deciding a case <BR> 1a2) place, court, seat of judgment <BR> 1a3) process, procedure, litigation (before judges) <BR> 1a4) case, cause (presented for judgment) <BR> 1a5) sentence, decision (of judgment) <BR> 1a6) execution (of judgment) <BR> 1a7) time (of judgment) <BR> 1b) justice, right, rectitude (attributes of God or man) <BR> 1c) ordinance <BR> 1d) decision (in law) <BR> 1e) right, privilege, due (legal) <BR> 1f) proper, fitting, measure, fitness, custom, manner, plan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·paṭ
         - 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            וַיְשַׁלַּח־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְשַׁלַּח־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·šal·laḥ-
                
                
                     He has sent 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send, send away, let go, stretch out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to send <BR> 1a2) to stretch out, extend, direct <BR> 1a3) to send away <BR> 1a4) to let loose <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be sent <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to send off or away or out or forth, dismiss, give over, cast out <BR> 1c2) to let go, set free <BR> 1c3) to shoot forth (of branches) <BR> 1c4) to let down <BR> 1c5) to shoot <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be sent off, be put away, be divorced, be impelled <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to send 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·šal·laḥ-
         He has sent 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאֲרָי֗וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֲרָי֗וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ă·rā·yō·wṯ
                
                
                     lions 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        738 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lion <BR> 1a) pictures or images of lions 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ă·rā·yō·wṯ
         lions 
    
 
        
            בָּ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bām
                
                
                     among them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bām
         among them , 
    
 
        
            וְהִנָּם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהִנָּם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hin·nām
                
                
                     which are indeed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hin·nām
         which are indeed 
    
 
        
            מְמִיתִ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְמִיתִ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·mî·ṯîm
                
                
                     killing them off 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4191 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to die, kill, have one executed <BR> 1a)(Qal) <BR> 1a1) to die <BR> 1a2) to die (as penalty), be put to death <BR> 1a3) to die, perish (of a nation) <BR> 1a4) to die prematurely (by neglect of wise moral conduct) <BR> 1b) (Polel) to kill, put to death, dispatch <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to kill, put to death <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be killed, be put to death <BR> 1d1a) to die prematurely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·mî·ṯîm
         killing them off 
    
 
        
            אוֹתָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹתָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     - . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·w·ṯām
         - . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the king of Assyria commanded: “Send back one of the priests you carried off from Samaria, and have him go back to live there and teach the requirements of the God of the land.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶֽלֶךְ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ-
                
                
                     Then the king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ-
         Then the king 
    
 
        
            אַשּׁ֜וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַשּׁ֜וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aš·šūr
                
                
                     of Assyria 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Asshur or Assyria = |a step| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the second son of Shem, eponymous ancestor of the Assyrians <BR> 2) the people of Assyria <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the nation, Assyria <BR> 4) the land, Assyria or Asshur 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aš·šūr
         of Assyria 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיְצַ֨ו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְצַ֨ו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ṣaw
                
                
                     commanded : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ṣaw
         commanded : 
    
 
        
            הֹלִ֤יכוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֹלִ֤יכוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hō·lî·ḵū
                
                
                     “ Send back 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hō·lî·ḵū
         “ Send back 
    
 
        
            שָׁ֙מָּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁ֙מָּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šām·māh
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šām·māh
         
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֤ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֤ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         one 
    
 
        
            מֵהַכֹּֽהֲנִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵהַכֹּֽהֲנִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·hak·kō·hă·nîm
                
                
                     of the priests 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·hak·kō·hă·nîm
         of the priests 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            הִגְלִיתֶ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִגְלִיתֶ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiḡ·lî·ṯem
                
                
                     you carried off 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to uncover, remove <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to uncover <BR> 1a2) to remove, depart <BR> 1a3) to go into exile <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) (reflexive) <BR> 1b1a) to uncover oneself <BR> 1b1b) to discover or show oneself <BR> 1b1c) to reveal himself (of God) <BR> 1b2) (passive) <BR> 1b2a) to be uncovered <BR> 1b2b) to be disclosed, be discovered <BR> 1b2c) to be revealed <BR> 1b3) to be removed <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to uncover (nakedness) <BR> 1c1a) nakedness <BR> 1c1b) general <BR> 1c2) to disclose, discover, lay bare <BR> 1c3) to make known, show, reveal <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be uncovered <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to carry away into exile, take into exile <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be taken into exile <BR> 1g) (Hithpael) <BR> 1g1) to be uncovered <BR> 1g2) to reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiḡ·lî·ṯem
         you carried off 
    
 
        
            מִשָּׁ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשָּׁ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·šām
                
                
                     from [Samaria] , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·šām
         from [Samaria] , 
    
 
        
            וְיֵלְכ֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיֵלְכ֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yê·lə·ḵū
                
                
                     and have him go back 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yê·lə·ḵū
         and have him go back 
    
 
        
            וְיֵ֣שְׁבוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיֵ֣שְׁבוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yê·šə·ḇū
                
                
                     to live 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yê·šə·ḇū
         to live 
    
 
        
            שָׁ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šām
                
                
                     there 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šām
         there 
    
 
        
            וְיֹרֵ֕ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיֹרֵ֕ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yō·rêm
                
                
                     and teach 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3384 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to throw, shoot, cast, pour <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to throw, cast <BR> 1a2) to cast, lay, set <BR> 1a3) to shoot arrows <BR> 1a4) to throw water, rain <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be shot <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to throw, cast <BR> 1c2) to shoot <BR> 1c3) to point out, show <BR> 1c4) to direct, teach, instruct <BR> 1c5) to throw water, rain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yō·rêm
         and teach 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁפַּ֖ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁפַּ֖ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·paṭ
                
                
                     the requirements 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4941 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment, justice, ordinance <BR> 1a) judgment <BR> 1a1) act of deciding a case <BR> 1a2) place, court, seat of judgment <BR> 1a3) process, procedure, litigation (before judges) <BR> 1a4) case, cause (presented for judgment) <BR> 1a5) sentence, decision (of judgment) <BR> 1a6) execution (of judgment) <BR> 1a7) time (of judgment) <BR> 1b) justice, right, rectitude (attributes of God or man) <BR> 1c) ordinance <BR> 1d) decision (in law) <BR> 1e) right, privilege, due (legal) <BR> 1f) proper, fitting, measure, fitness, custom, manner, plan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·paṭ
         the requirements 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê
                
                
                     of the God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê
         of the God 
    
 
        
            הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     of the land . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         of the land . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Thus one of the priests they had carried away came and lived in Bethel, and he began to teach them how they should worship the LORD.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֶחָ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     Thus one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         Thus one 
    
 
        
            מֵהַכֹּהֲנִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵהַכֹּהֲנִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·hak·kō·hă·nîm
                
                
                     of the priests 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·hak·kō·hă·nîm
         of the priests 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            הִגְלוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִגְלוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiḡ·lū
                
                
                     they had carried away 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to uncover, remove <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to uncover <BR> 1a2) to remove, depart <BR> 1a3) to go into exile <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) (reflexive) <BR> 1b1a) to uncover oneself <BR> 1b1b) to discover or show oneself <BR> 1b1c) to reveal himself (of God) <BR> 1b2) (passive) <BR> 1b2a) to be uncovered <BR> 1b2b) to be disclosed, be discovered <BR> 1b2c) to be revealed <BR> 1b3) to be removed <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to uncover (nakedness) <BR> 1c1a) nakedness <BR> 1c1b) general <BR> 1c2) to disclose, discover, lay bare <BR> 1c3) to make known, show, reveal <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be uncovered <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to carry away into exile, take into exile <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be taken into exile <BR> 1g) (Hithpael) <BR> 1g1) to be uncovered <BR> 1g2) to reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiḡ·lū
         they had carried away 
    
 
        
            מִשֹּׁ֣מְר֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשֹּׁ֣מְר֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·šō·mə·rō·wn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Samaria = |watch mountain|<BR> 1) the region of northern Palestine associated with the northern kingdom of the 10 tribes of Israel which split from the kingdom after the death of Solomon during the reign of his son Rehoboam and were ruled by Jeroboam <BR> 2) the capital city of the northern kingdom of Israel located 30 miles (50 km) north of Jerusalem and 6 miles (10 km) northwest of Shechem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·šō·mə·rō·wn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיָּבֹ֞א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּבֹ֞א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·ḇō
                
                
                     came 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·ḇō
         came 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּ֖שֶׁב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּ֖שֶׁב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·šeḇ
                
                
                     and lived 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·šeḇ
         and lived 
    
 
        
            בְּבֵֽית־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּבֵֽית־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḇêṯ-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1008 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Bethel = |house of God|<BR> 1) ancient place and seat of worship in Ephraim on border of Benjamin, identified with Luz (former name) <BR> 2) a place in south country of Judah, not far from Beersheba and Ziklag 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḇêṯ-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            אֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êl
                
                
                     in Bethel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1008 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Bethel = |house of God|<BR> 1) ancient place and seat of worship in Ephraim on border of Benjamin, identified with Luz (former name) <BR> 2) a place in south country of Judah, not far from Beersheba and Ziklag 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êl
         in Bethel , 
    
 
        
            וַֽיְהִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיְהִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מוֹרֶ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹרֶ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·reh
                
                
                     and he began to teach 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3384 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to throw, shoot, cast, pour <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to throw, cast <BR> 1a2) to cast, lay, set <BR> 1a3) to shoot arrows <BR> 1a4) to throw water, rain <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be shot <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to throw, cast <BR> 1c2) to shoot <BR> 1c3) to point out, show <BR> 1c4) to direct, teach, instruct <BR> 1c5) to throw water, rain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·reh
         and he began to teach 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            אֵ֖יךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֖יךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êḵ
                
                
                     how 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        349 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        interrog adv <BR> 1) how? <BR> interj <BR> 2) how! (in lamentation) <BR> 3) expression of satisfaction 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êḵ
         how 
    
 
        
            יִֽירְא֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִֽירְא֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yî·rə·’ū
                
                
                     they should worship 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3372 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear, revere, be afraid <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fear, be afraid <BR> 1a2) to stand in awe of, be awed <BR> 1a3) to fear, reverence, honour, respect <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be fearful, be dreadful, be feared <BR> 1b2) to cause astonishment and awe, be held in awe <BR> 1b3) to inspire reverence or godly fear or awe <BR> 1c) (Piel) to make afraid, terrify <BR> 2) (TWOT) to shoot, pour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yî·rə·’ū
         they should worship 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יְהוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Nevertheless, the people of each nation continued to make their own gods in the cities where they had settled, and they set them up in the shrines that the people of Samaria had made on the high places.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיִּהְי֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּהְי֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yih·yū
                
                
                     Nevertheless , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yih·yū
         Nevertheless , 
    
 
        
            גּ֥וֹי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גּ֥וֹי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gō·w
                
                
                     the people of each nation 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gō·w
         the people of each nation 
    
 
        
            גּ֖וֹי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גּ֖וֹי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gō·w
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gō·w
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עֹשִׂ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֹשִׂ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·śîm
                
                
                     continued to make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·śîm
         continued to make 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהָ֑יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהָ֑יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hāw
                
                
                     their own gods 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hāw
         their own gods 
    
 
        
            גּוֹי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גּוֹי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gō·w
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gō·w
         
    
 
        
            בְּעָ֣רֵיהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעָ֣רֵיהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ā·rê·hem
                
                
                     in the cities 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ā·rê·hem
         in the cities 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֛ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֛ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     where 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         where 
    
 
        
            הֵ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hêm
                
                
                     they 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) they, these, the same, who 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hêm
         they 
    
 
        
            יֹשְׁבִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֹשְׁבִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·šə·ḇîm
                
                
                     had settled 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·šə·ḇîm
         had settled 
    
 
        
            שָֽׁם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָֽׁם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šām
                
                
                     , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šām
         , 
    
 
        
            וַיַּנִּ֣יחוּ׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּנִּ֣יחוּ׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yan·nî·ḥū
                
                
                     and they set them up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rest <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to rest, settle down and remain <BR> 1a2) to repose, have rest, be quiet <BR> 1b) (Hiph) <BR> 1b1) to cause to rest, give rest to, make quiet <BR> 1b2) to cause to rest, cause to alight, set down <BR> 1b3) to lay or set down, deposit, let lie, place <BR> 1b4) to let remain, leave <BR> 1b5) to leave, depart from <BR> 1b6) to abandon <BR> 1b7) to permit <BR> 1c) (Hoph) <BR> 1c1) to obtain rest, be granted rest <BR> 1c2) to be left, be placed <BR> 1c3) open space (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yan·nî·ḥū
         and they set them up 
    
 
        
            בְּבֵ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּבֵ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḇêṯ
                
                
                     in the shrines 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḇêṯ
         in the shrines 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            גּ֥וֹי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גּ֥וֹי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gō·w
                
                
                     the people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gō·w
         the people 
    
 
        
            הַשֹּׁ֣מְרֹנִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשֹּׁ֣מְרֹנִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šō·mə·rō·nîm
                
                
                     of Samaria 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8118 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Samaritans = |of Samaria|<BR> 1) inhabitants of Samaria 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šō·mə·rō·nîm
         of Samaria 
    
 
        
            עָשׂוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשׂוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śū
                
                
                     had made 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śū
         had made 
    
 
        
            הַבָּמ֗וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבָּמ֗וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bā·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     on the high places . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) high place, ridge, height, bamah (technical name for cultic platform) <BR> 1a) high place, mountain <BR> 1b) high places, battlefields <BR> 1c) high places (as places of worship) <BR> 1d) funeral mound? 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bā·mō·wṯ
         on the high places . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The men of Babylon made Succoth-benoth, the men of Cuth made Nergal, the men of Hamath made Ashima,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאַנְשֵׁ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַנְשֵׁ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’an·šê
                
                
                     The men 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        582 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mortal man, person, mankind <BR> 1a) of an individual <BR> 1b) men (collective) <BR> 1c) man, mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’an·šê
         The men 
    
 
        
            בָבֶ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָבֶ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        894 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·ḇel
         of Babylon 
    
 
        
            עָשׂוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשׂוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śū
                
                
                     made 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śū
         made 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            סֻכּ֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סֻכּ֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    suk·kō·wṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5524 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Succoth-benoth = |the daughter's booth|<BR> 1) Assyrian or Babylonian deity worshipped by the Babylonians in Samaria 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        suk·kō·wṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            בְּנ֔וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנ֔וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nō·wṯ
                
                
                     Succoth-benoth , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5524 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Succoth-benoth = |the daughter's booth|<BR> 1) Assyrian or Babylonian deity worshipped by the Babylonians in Samaria 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nō·wṯ
         Succoth-benoth , 
    
 
        
            וְאַנְשֵׁי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַנְשֵׁי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’an·šê-
                
                
                     the men 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        582 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mortal man, person, mankind <BR> 1a) of an individual <BR> 1b) men (collective) <BR> 1c) man, mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’an·šê-
         the men 
    
 
        
            כ֔וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כ֔וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵūṯ
                
                
                     of Cuth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3575 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Cuth = |crushing|<BR> 1) a place from which king Sargon of Assyria imported colonists into Israel; probably a location approx 20 (32 km) miles northeast of Babylon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵūṯ
         of Cuth 
    
 
        
            עָשׂ֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשׂ֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śū
                
                
                     made 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śū
         made 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            נֵֽרְגַ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֵֽרְגַ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nê·rə·ḡal
                
                
                     Nergal , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nergal = |hero|<BR> 1) one of the chief deities of Assyria and Babylon and worshipped by the men of Cuth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nê·rə·ḡal
         Nergal , 
    
 
        
            וְאַנְשֵׁ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַנְשֵׁ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’an·šê
                
                
                     the men 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        582 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mortal man, person, mankind <BR> 1a) of an individual <BR> 1b) men (collective) <BR> 1c) man, mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’an·šê
         the men 
    
 
        
            חֲמָ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲמָ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·māṯ
                
                
                     of Hamath 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2574 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hamath = |fortress|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) the principle city of upper Syria in the valley of the Orontes <BR> n pr m <BR> 2) father of the house of Rechab 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·māṯ
         of Hamath 
    
 
        
            עָשׂ֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשׂ֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śū
                
                
                     made 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śū
         made 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֲשִׁימָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשִׁימָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šî·mā
                
                
                     Ashima , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        807 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ashima = |guiltiness: I will make desolate|<BR> 1) a god of Hamath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šî·mā
         Ashima , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            the Avvites made Nibhaz and Tartak, and the Sepharvites burned their children in the fire to Adrammelech and Anammelech the gods of Sepharvaim.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהָעַוִּ֛ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָעַוִּ֛ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·‘aw·wîm
                
                
                     the Avvites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5761 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Avim = |ruins| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a people among the early inhabitants of Palestine located in the southwest corner of the seacoast <BR> n pr loc<BR> 2) a city in Benjamin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·‘aw·wîm
         the Avvites 
    
 
        
            עָשׂ֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשׂ֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śū
                
                
                     made 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śū
         made 
    
 
        
            נִבְחַ֖ז 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִבְחַ֖ז 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niḇ·ḥaz
                
                
                     Nibhaz 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5026 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nibhaz = |the barker|<BR> 1) a deity of the Avites introduced by them into Samaria in the time of Shalmaneser; idol had the figure of a dog 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niḇ·ḥaz
         Nibhaz 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            תַּרְתָּ֑ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּרְתָּ֑ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tar·tāq
                
                
                     and Tartak , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8662 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Tartak = |prince of darkness|<BR> 1) one of the deities of the Avite people of Samaria <BR> 1a) according to tradition, worshipped under the form of an ass 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tar·tāq
         and Tartak , 
    
 
        
            וְהַסְפַרְוִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַסְפַרְוִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·has·p̄ar·wîm
                
                
                     and the Sepharvites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5616 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Sepharvites see Sepharvaim = |enumeration|<BR> 1) an inhabitant of Sepharvaim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·has·p̄ar·wîm
         and the Sepharvites 
    
 
        
            שֹׂרְפִ֤ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֹׂרְפִ֤ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śō·rə·p̄îm
                
                
                     burned 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8313 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to burn <BR> 1a) (Qal) to burn <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be burned <BR> 1c) (Piel) burner, burning (participle) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be burnt up, be burned 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śō·rə·p̄îm
         burned 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵיהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵיהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê·hem
                
                
                     their children 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê·hem
         their children 
    
 
        
            בָּאֵ֔שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּאֵ֔שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·’êš
                
                
                     in the fire 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        784 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire <BR> 1a) fire, flames <BR> 1b) supernatural fire (accompanying theophany) <BR> 1c) fire (for cooking, roasting, parching) <BR> 1d) altar-fire <BR> 1e) God's anger (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·’êš
         in the fire 
    
 
        
            לְאַדְרַמֶּ֥לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאַדְרַמֶּ֥לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’aḏ·ram·me·leḵ
                
                
                     to Adrammelech 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        152 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Adrammelech = |honour of the king| or |Adar is prince| or |Adar is Counsellor, Decider|<BR> 1) an idol or god of the Sepharvites, introduced to Israel by Shalmaneser the fifth <BR> 2) the son and murderer of Sennacherib 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’aḏ·ram·me·leḵ
         to Adrammelech 
    
 
        
            וַֽעֲנַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽעֲנַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·nam·me·leḵ
                
                
                     and Anammelech 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6048 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Anammelech = |image of the king|<BR> 1) an Assyrian false god introduced to Israel during the monarchy; worshipped with rites resembling those of Molech; companion god of 'Adrammelech' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·nam·me·leḵ
         and Anammelech 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהַּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהַּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʾɛ̆·lō·ah
                
                
                     the gods 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        433 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) God <BR> 2) false god 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʾɛ̆·lō·ah
         the gods 
    
 
        
            סְפָרִים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סְפָרִים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sə·p̄å̄·rīm
                
                
                     of Sepharvaim . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5617 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Sepharvaim = |the two Sipparas|<BR> 1) a city in Syria conquered by the king of Assyria <BR> 1a) perhaps near the modern 'Mosaib' and on the Euphrates above Babylon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sə·p̄å̄·rīm
         of Sepharvaim . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So the new residents worshiped the LORD, but they also appointed for themselves priests of all sorts to serve in the shrines of the high places.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיִּהְי֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּהְי֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yih·yū
                
                
                     So 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yih·yū
         So 
    
 
        
            יְרֵאִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרֵאִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rê·’îm
                
                
                     [the new residents] worshiped 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3373 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fearing, reverent, afraid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rê·’îm
         [the new residents] worshiped 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD , 
    
 
        
            וַיַּעֲשׂ֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּעֲשׂ֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·śū
                
                
                     but they also appointed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·śū
         but they also appointed 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     for themselves 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         for themselves 
    
 
        
            כֹּהֲנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּהֲנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kō·hă·nê
                
                
                     priests 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kō·hă·nê
         priests 
    
 
        
            מִקְצוֹתָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְצוֹתָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·ṣō·w·ṯām
                
                
                     of all sorts 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7098 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, extremity <BR> 1a) end <BR> 1b) from the whole of, from among (of what is included between extremities) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·ṣō·w·ṯām
         of all sorts 
    
 
        
            עֹשִׂ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֹשִׂ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·śîm
                
                
                     to serve 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·śîm
         to serve 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בְּבֵ֥ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּבֵ֥ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḇêṯ
                
                
                     in the shrines 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḇêṯ
         in the shrines 
    
 
        
            הַבָּמֽוֹת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבָּמֽוֹת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bā·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) high place, ridge, height, bamah (technical name for cultic platform) <BR> 1a) high place, mountain <BR> 1b) high places, battlefields <BR> 1c) high places (as places of worship) <BR> 1d) funeral mound? 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bā·mō·wṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בָמ֔וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָמ֔וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     of the high places 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) high place, ridge, height, bamah (technical name for cultic platform) <BR> 1a) high place, mountain <BR> 1b) high places, battlefields <BR> 1c) high places (as places of worship) <BR> 1d) funeral mound? 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·mō·wṯ
         of the high places 
    
 
        
            וַיִּהְי֛וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּהְי֛וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yih·yū
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yih·yū
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They worshiped the LORD, but they also served their own gods according to the customs of the nations from which they had been carried away.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הָי֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָי֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·yū
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·yū
         - 
    
 
        
            יְרֵאִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרֵאִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rê·’îm
                
                
                     They worshiped 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3373 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fearing, reverent, afraid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rê·’îm
         They worshiped 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עֹֽבְדִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֹֽבְדִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·ḇə·ḏîm
                
                
                     but they also served 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5647 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to work, serve <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to labour, work, do work <BR> 1a2) to work for another, serve another by labour <BR> 1a3) to serve as subjects <BR> 1a4) to serve (God) <BR> 1a5) to serve (with Levitical service) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be worked, be tilled (of land) <BR> 1b2) to make oneself a servant <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be worked <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to compel to labour or work, cause to labour, cause to serve <BR> 1d2) to cause to serve as subjects <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be led or enticed to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·ḇə·ḏîm
         but they also served 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹֽהֵיהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹֽהֵיהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
                
                
                     their own gods 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê·hem
         their own gods 
    
 
        
            הָי֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָי֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·yū
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·yū
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כְּמִשְׁפַּט֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּמִשְׁפַּט֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·miš·paṭ
                
                
                     according to the customs 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4941 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment, justice, ordinance <BR> 1a) judgment <BR> 1a1) act of deciding a case <BR> 1a2) place, court, seat of judgment <BR> 1a3) process, procedure, litigation (before judges) <BR> 1a4) case, cause (presented for judgment) <BR> 1a5) sentence, decision (of judgment) <BR> 1a6) execution (of judgment) <BR> 1a7) time (of judgment) <BR> 1b) justice, right, rectitude (attributes of God or man) <BR> 1c) ordinance <BR> 1d) decision (in law) <BR> 1e) right, privilege, due (legal) <BR> 1f) proper, fitting, measure, fitness, custom, manner, plan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·miš·paṭ
         according to the customs 
    
 
        
            הַגּוֹיִ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹיִ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     of the nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·yim
         of the nations 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     from which 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         from which 
    
 
        
            הִגְל֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִגְל֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiḡ·lū
                
                
                     they had been carried away 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to uncover, remove <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to uncover <BR> 1a2) to remove, depart <BR> 1a3) to go into exile <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) (reflexive) <BR> 1b1a) to uncover oneself <BR> 1b1b) to discover or show oneself <BR> 1b1c) to reveal himself (of God) <BR> 1b2) (passive) <BR> 1b2a) to be uncovered <BR> 1b2b) to be disclosed, be discovered <BR> 1b2c) to be revealed <BR> 1b3) to be removed <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to uncover (nakedness) <BR> 1c1a) nakedness <BR> 1c1b) general <BR> 1c2) to disclose, discover, lay bare <BR> 1c3) to make known, show, reveal <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be uncovered <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to carry away into exile, take into exile <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be taken into exile <BR> 1g) (Hithpael) <BR> 1g1) to be uncovered <BR> 1g2) to reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiḡ·lū
         they had been carried away 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         - 
    
 
        
            מִשָּֽׁם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשָּֽׁם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·šām
                
                
                     - . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·šām
         - . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            To this day they are still practicing their former customs. None of them worship the LORD or observe the statutes, ordinances, laws, and commandments that the LORD gave the descendants of Jacob, whom He named Israel.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עַ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     To 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         To 
    
 
        
            הַזֶּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֶּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zeh
                
                
                     this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zeh
         this 
    
 
        
            הַיּ֤וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיּ֤וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yō·wm
                
                
                     day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yō·wm
         day 
    
 
        
            הֵ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hêm
                
                
                     they 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) they, these, the same, who 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hêm
         they 
    
 
        
            עֹשִׂ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֹשִׂ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·śîm
                
                
                     are still practicing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·śîm
         are still practicing 
    
 
        
            הָרִֽאשֹׁנִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרִֽאשֹׁנִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·ri·šō·nîm
                
                
                     their former 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7223 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) first, primary, former <BR> 1a) former (of time) <BR> 1a1) ancestors <BR> 1a2) former things <BR> 1b) foremost (of location) <BR> 1c) first (in time) <BR> 1d) first, chief (in degree) <BR> adv <BR> 2) first, before, formerly, at first 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·ri·šō·nîm
         their former 
    
 
        
            כַּמִּשְׁפָּטִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּמִּשְׁפָּטִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kam·miš·pā·ṭîm
                
                
                     customs . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4941 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment, justice, ordinance <BR> 1a) judgment <BR> 1a1) act of deciding a case <BR> 1a2) place, court, seat of judgment <BR> 1a3) process, procedure, litigation (before judges) <BR> 1a4) case, cause (presented for judgment) <BR> 1a5) sentence, decision (of judgment) <BR> 1a6) execution (of judgment) <BR> 1a7) time (of judgment) <BR> 1b) justice, right, rectitude (attributes of God or man) <BR> 1c) ordinance <BR> 1d) decision (in law) <BR> 1e) right, privilege, due (legal) <BR> 1f) proper, fitting, measure, fitness, custom, manner, plan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kam·miš·pā·ṭîm
         customs . 
    
 
        
            אֵינָ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵינָ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·nām
                
                
                     None 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        369 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nothing, not, nought n <BR> 1a) nothing, nought neg <BR> 1b) not <BR> 1c) to have not (of possession) adv <BR> 1d) without w/prep <BR> 1e) for lack of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·nām
         None 
    
 
        
            יְרֵאִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרֵאִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rê·’îm
                
                
                     of them worship 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3373 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fearing, reverent, afraid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rê·’îm
         of them worship 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            וְאֵינָ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵינָ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ê·nām
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        369 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nothing, not, nought n <BR> 1a) nothing, nought neg <BR> 1b) not <BR> 1c) to have not (of possession) adv <BR> 1d) without w/prep <BR> 1e) for lack of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ê·nām
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עֹשִׂ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֹשִׂ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·śîm
                
                
                     or observe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·śîm
         or observe 
    
 
        
            כְּחֻקֹּתָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּחֻקֹּתָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ḥuq·qō·ṯām
                
                
                     the statutes , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2708 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) statute, ordinance, limit, enactment, something prescribed <BR> 1a) statute 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ḥuq·qō·ṯām
         the statutes , 
    
 
        
            וּכְמִשְׁפָּטָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּכְמִשְׁפָּטָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḵə·miš·pā·ṭām
                
                
                     ordinances , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4941 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment, justice, ordinance <BR> 1a) judgment <BR> 1a1) act of deciding a case <BR> 1a2) place, court, seat of judgment <BR> 1a3) process, procedure, litigation (before judges) <BR> 1a4) case, cause (presented for judgment) <BR> 1a5) sentence, decision (of judgment) <BR> 1a6) execution (of judgment) <BR> 1a7) time (of judgment) <BR> 1b) justice, right, rectitude (attributes of God or man) <BR> 1c) ordinance <BR> 1d) decision (in law) <BR> 1e) right, privilege, due (legal) <BR> 1f) proper, fitting, measure, fitness, custom, manner, plan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḵə·miš·pā·ṭām
         ordinances , 
    
 
        
            וְכַתּוֹרָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכַתּוֹרָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵat·tō·w·rāh
                
                
                     laws , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-k, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8451 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) law, direction, instruction <BR> 1a) instruction, direction (human or divine) <BR> 1a1) body of prophetic teaching <BR> 1a2) instruction in Messianic age <BR> 1a3) body of priestly direction or instruction <BR> 1a4) body of legal directives <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1b1) law of the burnt offering <BR> 1b2) of special law, codes of law <BR> 1c) custom, manner <BR> 1d) the Deuteronomic or Mosaic Law 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵat·tō·w·rāh
         laws , 
    
 
        
            וְכַמִּצְוָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכַמִּצְוָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵam·miṣ·wāh
                
                
                     and commandments 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-k, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4687 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) commandment <BR> 1a) commandment (of man) <BR> 1b) the commandment (of God) <BR> 1c) commandment (of code of wisdom) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵam·miṣ·wāh
         and commandments 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            צִוָּ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִוָּ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣiw·wāh
                
                
                     gave 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣiw·wāh
         gave 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the descendants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the descendants 
    
 
        
            יַעֲקֹ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַעֲקֹ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ya·‘ă·qōḇ
                
                
                     of Jacob , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3290 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jacob = |heel holder| or |supplanter|<BR> 1) son of Isaac, grandson of Abraham, and father of the 12 patriarchs of the tribes of Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ya·‘ă·qōḇ
         of Jacob , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         - 
    
 
        
            שָׂ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׂ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śām
                
                
                     whom He named 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7760 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to put, place, set, appoint, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to put, set, lay, put or lay upon, lay (violent) hands on <BR> 1a2) to set, direct, direct toward <BR> 1a2a) to extend (compassion) (fig) <BR> 1a3) to set, ordain, establish, found, appoint, constitute, make, determine, fix <BR> 1a4) to set, station, put, set in place, plant, fix <BR> 1a5) to make, make for, transform into, constitute, fashion, work, bring to pass, appoint, give <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to set or make for a sign <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be set 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śām
         whom He named 
    
 
        
            שְׁמ֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמ֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·mōw
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8034 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name <BR> 1a) name <BR> 1b) reputation, fame, glory <BR> 1c) the Name (as designation of God) <BR> 1d) memorial, monument 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·mōw
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     Israel . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         Israel . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            For the LORD had made a covenant with the Israelites and commanded them, “Do not worship other gods or bow down to them; do not serve them or sacrifice to them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     For the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         For the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיִּכְרֹ֨ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּכְרֹ֨ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiḵ·rōṯ
                
                
                     had made 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut, cut off, cut down, cut off a body part, cut out, eliminate, kill, cut a covenant <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cut off <BR> 1a1a) to cut off a body part, behead <BR> 1a2) to cut down <BR> 1a3) to hew <BR> 1a4) to cut or make a covenant <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be cut off <BR> 1b2) to be cut down <BR> 1b3) to be chewed <BR> 1b4) to be cut off, fail <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be cut off <BR> 1c2) to be cut down <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cut off <BR> 1d2) to cut off, destroy <BR> 1d3) to cut down, destroy <BR> 1d4) to take away <BR> 1d5) to permit to perish <BR> 1e) (Hophal) cut off 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiḵ·rōṯ
         had made 
    
 
        
            בְּרִ֔ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּרִ֔ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·rîṯ
                
                
                     a covenant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1285 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) covenant, alliance, pledge <BR> 1a) between men <BR> 1a1) treaty, alliance, league (man to man) <BR> 1a2) constitution, ordinance (monarch to subjects) <BR> 1a3) agreement, pledge (man to man) <BR> 1a4) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1a5) alliance (of marriage) <BR> 1b) between God and man <BR> 1b1) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1b2) covenant (divine ordinance with signs or pledges) <BR> 2) (phrases) <BR> 2a) covenant making <BR> 2b) covenant keeping <BR> 2c) covenant violation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·rîṯ
         a covenant 
    
 
        
            אִתָּם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִתָּם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’it·tām
                
                
                     with [the Israelites] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’it·tām
         with [the Israelites] 
    
 
        
            וַיְצַוֵּ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְצַוֵּ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ṣaw·wêm
                
                
                     and commanded them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ṣaw·wêm
         and commanded them , 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     “ Do not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         “ Do not 
    
 
        
            תִֽירְא֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִֽירְא֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯî·rə·’ū
                
                
                     worship 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3372 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear, revere, be afraid <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fear, be afraid <BR> 1a2) to stand in awe of, be awed <BR> 1a3) to fear, reverence, honour, respect <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be fearful, be dreadful, be feared <BR> 1b2) to cause astonishment and awe, be held in awe <BR> 1b3) to inspire reverence or godly fear or awe <BR> 1c) (Piel) to make afraid, terrify <BR> 2) (TWOT) to shoot, pour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯî·rə·’ū
         worship 
    
 
        
            אֲחֵרִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲחֵרִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḥê·rîm
                
                
                     other 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        312 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) another, other, following <BR> 1a) following, further <BR> 1b) other, different 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḥê·rîm
         other 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     gods 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         gods 
    
 
        
            וְלֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō-
                
                
                     [or] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō-
         [or] 
    
 
        
            תִשְׁתַּחֲו֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִשְׁתַּחֲו֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯiš·ta·ḥă·wū
                
                
                     bow down 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7812 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bow down <BR> 1a) (Qal) to bow down <BR> 1b)(Hiphil) to depress (fig) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to bow down, prostrate oneself <BR> 1c1a) before superior in homage <BR> 1c1b) before God in worship <BR> 1c1c) before false gods <BR> 1c1d) before angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯiš·ta·ḥă·wū
         bow down 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     to them ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         to them ; 
    
 
        
            וְלֹ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō
                
                
                     do not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō
         do not 
    
 
        
            תַעַבְד֔וּם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַעַבְד֔וּם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯa·‘aḇ·ḏūm
                
                
                     serve them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5647 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to work, serve <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to labour, work, do work <BR> 1a2) to work for another, serve another by labour <BR> 1a3) to serve as subjects <BR> 1a4) to serve (God) <BR> 1a5) to serve (with Levitical service) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be worked, be tilled (of land) <BR> 1b2) to make oneself a servant <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be worked <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to compel to labour or work, cause to labour, cause to serve <BR> 1d2) to cause to serve as subjects <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be led or enticed to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯa·‘aḇ·ḏūm
         serve them 
    
 
        
            וְלֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō
                
                
                     [or] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō
         [or] 
    
 
        
            תִזְבְּח֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִזְבְּח֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯiz·bə·ḥū
                
                
                     sacrifice 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2076 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to slaughter, kill, sacrifice, slaughter for sacrifice <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to slaughter for sacrifice <BR> 1a2) to slaughter for eating <BR> 1a3) to slaughter in divine judgment <BR> 1b) (Piel) to sacrifice, offer sacrifice 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯiz·bə·ḥū
         sacrifice 
    
 
        
            לָהֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     to them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         to them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Instead, worship the LORD, who brought you out of the land of Egypt with great power and an outstretched arm. You are to bow down to Him and offer sacrifices to Him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     Instead 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         Instead 
    
 
        
            אִֽם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִֽם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’im-
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’im-
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            תִירָ֑אוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִירָ֑אוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯî·rā·’ū
                
                
                     worship 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3372 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear, revere, be afraid <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fear, be afraid <BR> 1a2) to stand in awe of, be awed <BR> 1a3) to fear, reverence, honour, respect <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be fearful, be dreadful, be feared <BR> 1b2) to cause astonishment and awe, be held in awe <BR> 1b3) to inspire reverence or godly fear or awe <BR> 1c) (Piel) to make afraid, terrify <BR> 2) (TWOT) to shoot, pour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯî·rā·’ū
         worship 
    
 
        
            וְל֥וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְל֥וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lōw
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lōw
         
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         who 
    
 
        
            הֶעֱלָ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶעֱלָ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·‘ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     brought 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·‘ĕ·lāh
         brought 
    
 
        
            אֶתְכֶ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶתְכֶ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ·ḵem
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ·ḵem
         you 
    
 
        
            מֵאֶ֧רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֶ֧רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’e·reṣ
                
                
                     out of the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’e·reṣ
         out of the land 
    
 
        
            מִצְרַ֛יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצְרַ֛יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt 
    
 
        
            גָּד֛וֹל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָּד֛וֹל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gā·ḏō·wl
                
                
                     with great 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1419 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) large (in magnitude and extent) <BR> 1b) in number <BR> 1c) in intensity <BR> 1d) loud (in sound) <BR> 1e) older (in age) <BR> 1f) in importance <BR> 1f1) important things <BR> 1f2) great, distinguished (of men) <BR> 1f3) God Himself (of God) <BR> subst <BR> 1g) great things <BR> 1h) haughty things <BR> 1i) greatness <BR> n pr m <BR> 1j) (CLBL) Haggedolim, the great man?, father of Zabdiel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gā·ḏō·wl
         with great 
    
 
        
            בְּכֹ֧חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכֹ֧חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵō·aḥ
                
                
                     power 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3581 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strength, power, might <BR> 1a) human strength <BR> 1b) strength (of angels) <BR> 1c) power (of God) <BR> 1d) strength (of animals) <BR> 1e) strength, produce, wealth (of soil) <BR> 2) a small reptile, probably a kind of lizard, which is unclean <BR> 2a) perhaps an extinct animal, exact meaning is unknown 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵō·aḥ
         power 
    
 
        
            נְטוּיָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְטוּיָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ṭū·yāh
                
                
                     and an outstretched 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5186 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stretch out, extend, spread out, pitch, turn, pervert, incline, bend, bow <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stretch out, extend, stretch, offer <BR> 1a2) to spread out, pitch (tent) <BR> 1a3) to bend, turn, incline <BR> 1a3a) to turn aside, incline, decline, bend down <BR> 1a3b) to bend, bow <BR> 1a3c) to hold out, extend (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be stretched out <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to stretch out <BR> 1c2) to spread out <BR> 1c3) to turn, incline, influence, bend down, hold out, extend, thrust aside, thrust away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ṭū·yāh
         and an outstretched 
    
 
        
            אֹת֣וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹת֣וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯōw
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯōw
         - 
    
 
        
            וּבִזְר֥וֹעַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבִזְר֥וֹעַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇiz·rō·w·a‘
                
                
                     arm . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2220 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) arm, forearm, shoulder, strength <BR> 1a) arm <BR> 1b) arm (as symbol of strength) <BR> 1c) forces (political and military) <BR> 1d) shoulder (of animal sacrificed) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇiz·rō·w·a‘
         arm . 
    
 
        
            תִֽשְׁתַּחֲו֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִֽשְׁתַּחֲו֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯiš·ta·ḥă·wū
                
                
                     You are to bow down 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7812 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bow down <BR> 1a) (Qal) to bow down <BR> 1b)(Hiphil) to depress (fig) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to bow down, prostrate oneself <BR> 1c1a) before superior in homage <BR> 1c1b) before God in worship <BR> 1c1c) before false gods <BR> 1c1d) before angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯiš·ta·ḥă·wū
         You are to bow down 
    
 
        
            וְל֥וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְל֥וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lōw
                
                
                     to Him 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lōw
         to Him 
    
 
        
            תִזְבָּֽחוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִזְבָּֽחוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯiz·bā·ḥū
                
                
                     and offer sacrifices to Him . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2076 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to slaughter, kill, sacrifice, slaughter for sacrifice <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to slaughter for sacrifice <BR> 1a2) to slaughter for eating <BR> 1a3) to slaughter in divine judgment <BR> 1b) (Piel) to sacrifice, offer sacrifice 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯiz·bā·ḥū
         and offer sacrifices to Him . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And you must always be careful to observe the statutes, ordinances, laws, and commandments He wrote for you. Do not worship other gods.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     And 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         And 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     you must always 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         you must always 
    
 
        
            תִּשְׁמְר֥וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּשְׁמְר֥וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tiš·mə·rūn
                
                
                     be careful 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural | Paragogic nun 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8104 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to keep, guard, observe, give heed <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to keep, have charge of <BR> 1a2) to keep, guard, keep watch and ward, protect, save life <BR> 1a2a) watch, watchman (participle) <BR> 1a3) to watch for, wait for <BR> 1a4) to watch, observe <BR> 1a5) to keep, retain, treasure up (in memory) <BR> 1a6) to keep (within bounds), restrain <BR> 1a7) to observe, celebrate, keep (sabbath or covenant or commands), perform (vow) <BR> 1a8) to keep, preserve, protect <BR> 1a9) to keep, reserve <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be on one's guard, take heed, take care, beware <BR> 1b2) to keep oneself, refrain, abstain <BR> 1b3) to be kept, be guarded <BR> 1c) (Piel) to keep, pay heed <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to keep oneself from 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tiš·mə·rūn
         be careful 
    
 
        
            הַיָּמִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיָּמִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yā·mîm
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yā·mîm
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·‘ă·śō·wṯ
                
                
                     to observe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·‘ă·śō·wṯ
         to observe 
    
 
        
            הַחֻקִּ֨ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֻקִּ֨ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥuq·qîm
                
                
                     the statutes , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2706 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) statute, ordinance, limit, something prescribed, due <BR> 1a) prescribed task <BR> 1b) prescribed portion <BR> 1c) action prescribed (for oneself), resolve <BR> 1d) prescribed due <BR> 1e) prescribed limit, boundary <BR> 1f) enactment, decree, ordinance <BR> 1f1) specific decree <BR> 1f2) law in general <BR> 1g) enactments, statutes <BR> 1g1) conditions <BR> 1g2) enactments <BR> 1g3) decrees <BR> 1g4) civil enactments prescribed by God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥuq·qîm
         the statutes , 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֜ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֜ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miš·pā·ṭîm
                
                
                     ordinances , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4941 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment, justice, ordinance <BR> 1a) judgment <BR> 1a1) act of deciding a case <BR> 1a2) place, court, seat of judgment <BR> 1a3) process, procedure, litigation (before judges) <BR> 1a4) case, cause (presented for judgment) <BR> 1a5) sentence, decision (of judgment) <BR> 1a6) execution (of judgment) <BR> 1a7) time (of judgment) <BR> 1b) justice, right, rectitude (attributes of God or man) <BR> 1c) ordinance <BR> 1d) decision (in law) <BR> 1e) right, privilege, due (legal) <BR> 1f) proper, fitting, measure, fitness, custom, manner, plan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miš·pā·ṭîm
         ordinances , 
    
 
        
            וְהַתּוֹרָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַתּוֹרָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hat·tō·w·rāh
                
                
                     laws , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8451 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) law, direction, instruction <BR> 1a) instruction, direction (human or divine) <BR> 1a1) body of prophetic teaching <BR> 1a2) instruction in Messianic age <BR> 1a3) body of priestly direction or instruction <BR> 1a4) body of legal directives <BR> 1b) law <BR> 1b1) law of the burnt offering <BR> 1b2) of special law, codes of law <BR> 1c) custom, manner <BR> 1d) the Deuteronomic or Mosaic Law 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hat·tō·w·rāh
         laws , 
    
 
        
            וְהַמִּצְוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַמִּצְוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ham·miṣ·wāh
                
                
                     and commandments 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4687 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) commandment <BR> 1a) commandment (of man) <BR> 1b) the commandment (of God) <BR> 1c) commandment (of code of wisdom) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ham·miṣ·wāh
         and commandments 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            כָּתַ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּתַ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·ṯaḇ
                
                
                     He wrote 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3789 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to write, record, enrol <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to write, inscribe, engrave, write in, write on <BR> 1a2) to write down, describe in writing <BR> 1a3) to register, enrol, record <BR> 1a4) to decree <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be written <BR> 1b2) to be written down, be recorded, be enrolled <BR> 1c) (Piel) to continue writing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·ṯaḇ
         He wrote 
    
 
        
            לָכֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     for you . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         for you . 
    
 
        
            וְלֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō
                
                
                     Do not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō
         Do not 
    
 
        
            תִֽירְא֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִֽירְא֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯî·rə·’ū
                
                
                     worship 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3372 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear, revere, be afraid <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fear, be afraid <BR> 1a2) to stand in awe of, be awed <BR> 1a3) to fear, reverence, honour, respect <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be fearful, be dreadful, be feared <BR> 1b2) to cause astonishment and awe, be held in awe <BR> 1b3) to inspire reverence or godly fear or awe <BR> 1c) (Piel) to make afraid, terrify <BR> 2) (TWOT) to shoot, pour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯî·rə·’ū
         worship 
    
 
        
            אֲחֵרִֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲחֵרִֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḥê·rîm
                
                
                     other 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        312 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) another, other, following <BR> 1a) following, further <BR> 1b) other, different 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḥê·rîm
         other 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     gods . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         gods . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Do not forget the covenant I have made with you. Do not worship other gods,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לֹ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     Do not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         Do not 
    
 
        
            תִשְׁכָּ֑חוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִשְׁכָּ֑חוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯiš·kā·ḥū
                
                
                     forget 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7911 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to forget, ignore, wither <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to forget <BR> 1a2) to cease to care <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be forgotten <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to forget <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to make or cause to forget <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to be forgotten 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯiš·kā·ḥū
         forget 
    
 
        
            וְהַבְּרִ֛ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַבְּרִ֛ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hab·bə·rîṯ
                
                
                     the covenant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1285 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) covenant, alliance, pledge <BR> 1a) between men <BR> 1a1) treaty, alliance, league (man to man) <BR> 1a2) constitution, ordinance (monarch to subjects) <BR> 1a3) agreement, pledge (man to man) <BR> 1a4) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1a5) alliance (of marriage) <BR> 1b) between God and man <BR> 1b1) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1b2) covenant (divine ordinance with signs or pledges) <BR> 2) (phrases) <BR> 2a) covenant making <BR> 2b) covenant keeping <BR> 2c) covenant violation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hab·bə·rîṯ
         the covenant 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         - 
    
 
        
            כָּרַ֥תִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּרַ֥תִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·rat·tî
                
                
                     I have made 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut, cut off, cut down, cut off a body part, cut out, eliminate, kill, cut a covenant <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to cut off <BR> 1a1a) to cut off a body part, behead <BR> 1a2) to cut down <BR> 1a3) to hew <BR> 1a4) to cut or make a covenant <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be cut off <BR> 1b2) to be cut down <BR> 1b3) to be chewed <BR> 1b4) to be cut off, fail <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be cut off <BR> 1c2) to be cut down <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cut off <BR> 1d2) to cut off, destroy <BR> 1d3) to cut down, destroy <BR> 1d4) to take away <BR> 1d5) to permit to perish <BR> 1e) (Hophal) cut off 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·rat·tî
         I have made 
    
 
        
            אִתְּכֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִתְּכֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’it·tə·ḵem
                
                
                     with you . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’it·tə·ḵem
         with you . 
    
 
        
            וְלֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō
                
                
                     Do not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō
         Do not 
    
 
        
            תִֽירְא֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִֽירְא֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯî·rə·’ū
                
                
                     worship 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3372 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear, revere, be afraid <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fear, be afraid <BR> 1a2) to stand in awe of, be awed <BR> 1a3) to fear, reverence, honour, respect <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be fearful, be dreadful, be feared <BR> 1b2) to cause astonishment and awe, be held in awe <BR> 1b3) to inspire reverence or godly fear or awe <BR> 1c) (Piel) to make afraid, terrify <BR> 2) (TWOT) to shoot, pour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯî·rə·’ū
         worship 
    
 
        
            אֲחֵרִֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲחֵרִֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḥê·rîm
                
                
                     other 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        312 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) another, other, following <BR> 1a) following, further <BR> 1b) other, different 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḥê·rîm
         other 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     gods , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         gods , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            but worship the LORD your God, and He will deliver you from the hands of all your enemies.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     of all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         of all 
    
 
        
            אֹיְבֵיכֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹיְבֵיכֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·yə·ḇê·ḵem
                
                
                     your enemies . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        341 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) enemy <BR> 1a) personal <BR> 1b) national 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·yə·ḇê·ḵem
         your enemies . ” 
    
 
        
            כִּ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     but 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         but 
    
 
        
            אִֽם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִֽם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’im-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’im-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            תִּירָ֑אוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּירָ֑אוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tî·rā·’ū
                
                
                     worship 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3372 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear, revere, be afraid <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to fear, be afraid <BR> 1a2) to stand in awe of, be awed <BR> 1a3) to fear, reverence, honour, respect <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be fearful, be dreadful, be feared <BR> 1b2) to cause astonishment and awe, be held in awe <BR> 1b3) to inspire reverence or godly fear or awe <BR> 1c) (Piel) to make afraid, terrify <BR> 2) (TWOT) to shoot, pour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tî·rā·’ū
         worship 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê·ḵem
                
                
                     your God , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê·ḵem
         your God , 
    
 
        
            וְהוּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהוּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hū
                
                
                     and He 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hū
         and He 
    
 
        
            יַצִּ֣יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַצִּ֣יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaṣ·ṣîl
                
                
                     will deliver 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5337 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to snatch away, deliver, rescue, save, strip, plunder <BR> 1a)(Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to tear oneself away, deliver oneself <BR> 1a2) to be torn out or away, be delivered <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to strip off, spoil <BR> 1b2) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to take away, snatch away <BR> 1c2) to rescue, recover <BR> 1c3) to deliver (from enemies or troubles or death) <BR> 1c4) to deliver from sin and guilt <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be plucked out <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to strip oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaṣ·ṣîl
         will deliver 
    
 
        
            אֶתְכֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶתְכֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ·ḵem
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ·ḵem
         you 
    
 
        
            מִיַּ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִיַּ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mî·yaḏ
                
                
                     from the hands 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mî·yaḏ
         from the hands 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But they would not listen, and they persisted in their former customs.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלֹ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō
                
                
                     But they would not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō
         But they would not 
    
 
        
            שָׁמֵ֑עוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁמֵ֑עוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·mê·‘ū
                
                
                     listen , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8085 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to hear, listen to, obey <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to hear (perceive by ear) <BR> 1a2) to hear of or concerning <BR> 1a3) to hear (have power to hear) <BR> 1a4) to hear with attention or interest, listen to <BR> 1a5) to understand (language) <BR> 1a6) to hear (of judicial cases) <BR> 1a7) to listen, give heed <BR> 1a7a) to consent, agree <BR> 1a7b) to grant request <BR> 1a8) to listen to, yield to <BR> 1a9) to obey, be obedient <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be heard (of voice or sound) <BR> 1b2) to be heard of <BR> 1b3) to be regarded, be obeyed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to hear, call to hear, summon <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to hear, tell, proclaim, utter a sound <BR> 1d2) to sound aloud (musical term) <BR> 1d3) to make proclamation, summon <BR> 1d4) to cause to be heard <BR> n m <BR> 2) sound 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·mê·‘ū
         listen , 
    
 
        
            כִּ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         and 
    
 
        
            אִֽם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִֽם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’im-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’im-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עֹשִֽׂים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֹשִֽׂים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·śîm
                
                
                     they persisted in 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·śîm
         they persisted in 
    
 
        
            הָֽרִאשׁ֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽרִאשׁ֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·ri·šō·wn
                
                
                     their former 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7223 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) first, primary, former <BR> 1a) former (of time) <BR> 1a1) ancestors <BR> 1a2) former things <BR> 1b) foremost (of location) <BR> 1c) first (in time) <BR> 1d) first, chief (in degree) <BR> adv <BR> 2) first, before, formerly, at first 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·ri·šō·wn
         their former 
    
 
        
            הֵ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hêm
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) they, these, the same, who 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hêm
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כְּמִשְׁפָּטָ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּמִשְׁפָּטָ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·miš·pā·ṭām
                
                
                     customs . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4941 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment, justice, ordinance <BR> 1a) judgment <BR> 1a1) act of deciding a case <BR> 1a2) place, court, seat of judgment <BR> 1a3) process, procedure, litigation (before judges) <BR> 1a4) case, cause (presented for judgment) <BR> 1a5) sentence, decision (of judgment) <BR> 1a6) execution (of judgment) <BR> 1a7) time (of judgment) <BR> 1b) justice, right, rectitude (attributes of God or man) <BR> 1c) ordinance <BR> 1d) decision (in law) <BR> 1e) right, privilege, due (legal) <BR> 1f) proper, fitting, measure, fitness, custom, manner, plan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·miš·pā·ṭām
         customs . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So these nations worshiped the LORD but also served their idols, and to this day their children and grandchildren continue to do as their fathers did.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיִּהְי֣וּ׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּהְי֣וּ׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yih·yū
                
                
                     So 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yih·yū
         So 
    
 
        
            הָאֵ֗לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵ֗לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         these 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַגּוֹיִ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגּוֹיִ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gō·w·yim
                
                
                     nations 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) nation, people <BR> 1a) nation, people<BR> 1a1) usually of non-Hebrew people <BR> 1a2) of descendants of Abraham <BR> 1a3) of Israel <BR> 1b) of swarm of locusts, other animals (fig.) <BR> n pr m <BR> 1c) Goyim? = |nations| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gō·w·yim
         nations 
    
 
        
            יְרֵאִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרֵאִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rê·’îm
                
                
                     worshiped 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3373 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fearing, reverent, afraid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rê·’îm
         worshiped 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            וְאֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עֹֽבְדִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֹֽבְדִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·ḇə·ḏîm
                
                
                     but also served 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5647 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to work, serve <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to labour, work, do work <BR> 1a2) to work for another, serve another by labour <BR> 1a3) to serve as subjects <BR> 1a4) to serve (God) <BR> 1a5) to serve (with Levitical service) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be worked, be tilled (of land) <BR> 1b2) to make oneself a servant <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be worked <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to compel to labour or work, cause to labour, cause to serve <BR> 1d2) to cause to serve as subjects <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be led or enticed to serve 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·ḇə·ḏîm
         but also served 
    
 
        
            גַּם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גַּם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gam-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1571 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) also, even, indeed, moreover, yea <BR> 1a) also, moreover (giving emphasis) <BR> 1b) neither, neither...nor (with negative) <BR> 1c) even (for stress) <BR> 1d) indeed, yea (introducing climax) <BR> 1e) also (of correspondence or retribution) <BR> 1f) but, yet, though (adversative) <BR> 1g) even, yea, yea though (with 'when' in hypothetical case) <BR> 2) (TWOT) again, alike 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gam-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            פְּסִֽילֵיהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּסִֽילֵיהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·sî·lê·hem
                
                
                     their idols , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6456 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) image, idol, graven image 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·sî·lê·hem
         their idols , 
    
 
        
            הָי֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָי֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·yū
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·yū
         and 
    
 
        
            עַ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         to 
    
 
        
            הַזֶּֽה׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֶּֽה׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zeh
                
                
                     this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zeh
         this 
    
 
        
            הַיּ֥וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיּ֥וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yō·wm
                
                
                     day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yō·wm
         day 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵיהֶ֣ם׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵיהֶ֣ם׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê·hem
                
                
                     their children 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê·hem
         their children 
    
 
        
            בְנֵיהֶ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵיהֶ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê·hem
                
                
                     and grandchildren 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê·hem
         and grandchildren 
    
 
        
            וּבְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָשׂ֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשׂ֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śū
                
                
                     continue to do 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śū
         continue to do 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     as 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         as 
    
 
        
            אֲבֹתָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבֹתָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇō·ṯām
                
                
                     their fathers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) father of an individual <BR> 2) of God as father of his people <BR> 3) head or founder of a household, group, family, or clan <BR> 4) ancestor <BR> 4a) grandfather, forefathers -- of person <BR> 4b) of people <BR> 5) originator or patron of a class, profession, or art <BR> 6) of producer, generator (fig.) <BR> 7) of benevolence and protection (fig.) <BR> 8) term of respect and honour <BR> 9) ruler or chief (spec.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇō·ṯām
         their fathers 
    
 
        
            הֵ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hêm
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) they, these, the same, who 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hêm
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עֹשִׂ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֹשִׂ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·śîm
                
                
                     did . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·śîm
         did .